1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H 2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H 3 /* 4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header 5 * 6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net> 8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com> 9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch> 10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com> 11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com> 12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com> 13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 15 * 16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any 17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above 18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies. 19 * 20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR 23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES 24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN 25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF 26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. 27 * 28 */ 29 30 /* 31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please 32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so 33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI. 34 * 35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in 36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there 37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are 38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API 39 * can actually be identified and removed. 40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file. 41 */ 42 43 #include <linux/types.h> 44 45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211" 46 47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config" 48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan" 49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory" 50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme" 51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor" 52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan" 53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode" 54 55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4 56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15 57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1 58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */ 59 60 /** 61 * DOC: Station handling 62 * 63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN 64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved 65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN). 66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added 67 * to. 68 * 69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's 70 * capabilities. 71 * 72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS 73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows: 74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate 75 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions 76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid 77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same 78 * time mark it authorized. 79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used 80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down 81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK) 82 * 83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types 84 */ 85 86 /** 87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support 88 * 89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace 90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames 91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example, 92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel 93 * for various reasons. 94 * 95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations 96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to 97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a 98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those 99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the 100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility 101 * for doing that. 102 * 103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the 104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy 105 * attributes so applications know what to expect. 106 * 107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active, 108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is 109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can 110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but 111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they 112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames. 113 * 114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required 115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking, 116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its 117 * status is indicated to the sending socket. 118 * 119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions 120 * below. 121 */ 122 123 /** 124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities 125 * 126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have 127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this 128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions 129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported. 130 * 131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in 132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the 133 * types there no concurrency is implied. 134 * 135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed: 136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in 137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's 138 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and 139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN 140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list 141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute. 142 * 143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is 144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically, 145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the 146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of 147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions 148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported 149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially 150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 151 * 152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual 153 * interfaces that a given device supports. 154 */ 155 156 /** 157 * DOC: packet coalesce support 158 * 159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast 160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the 161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing 162 * and power consumption. 163 * 164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts 165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some 166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the 167 * following events occur. 168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum 169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule. 170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit. 171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules. 172 * 173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce 174 * rule. 175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay 176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched 177 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match' 178 * Multiple such rules can be created. 179 */ 180 181 /** 182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload 183 * 184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers 185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no 189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 191 * 192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be 193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL 194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to 195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have 196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this 197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is 198 * not present. 199 * 200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers 201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2 202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers 204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no 205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does 206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. 207 * 208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also 210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided. 211 */ 212 213 /** 214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload 215 * 216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by 217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the 219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and 220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional 221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in 222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS. 223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai 224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai 225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message 226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK 227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and 228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA. 229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used 230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696. 231 * 232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the 233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting 234 * up a connection or after roaming. 235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal 236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges 237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated 238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace 239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used 240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also. 241 * 242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS 243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the 244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and 245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based 246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with 247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to 248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching. 249 */ 250 251 /** 252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload 253 * 254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station 256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by 257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode. 258 * 259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in 260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode 261 * respectively. 262 */ 263 264 /** 265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs 266 * 267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they 268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a 269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs 270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet 271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are 272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through 273 * that main netdev. 274 * 275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and 276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using 277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID. 278 */ 279 280 /** 281 * DOC: TID configuration 282 * 283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG 284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities. 285 * 286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in 287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the 288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG. 289 * 290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC 291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the 292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except 293 * any peers that have peer specific configuration for the TID by default; if 294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer specific values 295 * will be overwritten. 296 * 297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection 298 * i.e. the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back 299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when 300 * the interface goes down. 301 */ 302 303 /** 304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload 305 * 306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode. 307 * 308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting 309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support 310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt 311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai. 312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace. 313 * 314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the 315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association 316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters 317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA 319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption 320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption 321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 322 * 323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data. 324 */ 325 326 /** 327 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands 328 * 329 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors 330 * 331 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request 332 * to get a list of all present wiphys. 333 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or 334 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 335 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 336 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the 337 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel), 338 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 339 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or 340 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel, 341 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward 342 * compatibility only. 343 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request 344 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and 345 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 346 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes 347 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME. 348 * 349 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration; 350 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a 351 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported. 352 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires 353 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE. 354 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response 355 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also 357 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface, 358 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and 359 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME. 360 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes 361 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from 362 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires 363 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are 364 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 365 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all 366 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well. 367 * 368 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified 369 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 370 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 371 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD. 372 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 373 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 374 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. 375 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX 376 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 377 * 378 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used) 379 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface 380 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL 381 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses 382 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE, 383 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP. 384 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters 385 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that 386 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 387 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 388 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE, 389 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 390 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 391 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 392 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS. 393 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the 394 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the 395 * attributes determining channel width. 396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP 397 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface 398 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP 399 * 400 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by 401 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 402 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by 403 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 404 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the 405 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 406 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 407 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified 408 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and 409 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type 410 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station 411 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that 412 * frame). 413 * 414 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to 415 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 416 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 417 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to 418 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 419 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 420 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by 421 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP. 422 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by 423 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the 425 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 427 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified 428 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 429 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by 430 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 431 * 432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set 433 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device 434 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the 435 * global regdomain will be returned. 436 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the 437 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel 438 * information will still be mended according to further hints from 439 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API 440 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as 441 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it). 442 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then 443 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory 444 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case. 445 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command 446 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory 447 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our 448 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides 449 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each 450 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by 451 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and 452 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by 453 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and 454 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP. 455 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain 456 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will 457 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it. 458 * 459 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the 460 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 461 * 462 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the 463 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX 464 * 465 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The 466 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management 467 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be 468 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with 469 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be 470 * added to all specified management frames generated by 471 * kernel/firmware/driver. 472 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this 473 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this 474 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the 475 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 476 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 477 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 478 * 479 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results 480 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters 481 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 482 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to 483 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will 484 * be used. 485 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to 486 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group) 487 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons, 488 * partial scan results may be available 489 * 490 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain 491 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by 492 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is 493 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified, 494 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval. 495 * These attributes are mutually exculsive, 496 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if 497 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined. 498 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan 499 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet). 500 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS) 501 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For 502 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty 503 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and 504 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 505 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not 506 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain 507 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by 508 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the 509 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY 510 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled 511 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute 512 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it. 513 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if 514 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon 515 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again. 516 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan 517 * results available. 518 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has 519 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a 520 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware 521 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running 522 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the 523 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface 524 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running. 525 * 526 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation 527 * or noise level 528 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to 529 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group) 530 * 531 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 532 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK 533 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or 534 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 535 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS 536 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier 537 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an 538 * ESS. 539 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 540 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 541 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS 542 * authentication. 543 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries. 544 * 545 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain 546 * has been changed and provides details of the request information 547 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request 548 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx 549 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if 550 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or 551 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain 552 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is 553 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on 554 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2). 555 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon 556 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or 557 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel 558 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example 559 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your 560 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while 561 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not 562 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP 563 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will 564 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always 565 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had 566 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to 567 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from 568 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred 569 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER) 570 * the beacon hint was processed. 571 * 572 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification. 573 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and 574 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the 575 * authentication process. 576 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the 577 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and 578 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify 579 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication 580 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ + 581 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequence of the 582 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the 583 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs 584 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added 585 * to the frame. 586 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication 587 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the 588 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct 589 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the 590 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The 591 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame 592 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is 593 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that 594 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a 595 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which 596 * pending authentication timed out). 597 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like 598 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation 599 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request, 600 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The 601 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the 602 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not 603 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is 604 * included). 605 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like 606 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to 607 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication 608 * primitives). 609 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like 610 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to 611 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives). 612 * 613 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael 614 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the 615 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of 616 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key 617 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and 618 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this 619 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive 620 * 621 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a 622 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found) 623 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those 624 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be 625 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ 626 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval, 627 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not 628 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms). 629 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is 630 * determined by the network interface. 631 * 632 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute 633 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through 634 * to the driver. 635 * 636 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command 637 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating 638 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a 639 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association 640 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 641 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 642 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 643 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 644 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 645 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and 646 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT. 647 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are 648 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming 649 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT 650 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while 651 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to 652 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one 653 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing 654 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict 655 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT). 656 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if 657 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is 658 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user 659 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends 660 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g. 661 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the 662 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE 663 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID). 664 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within 665 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with 666 * a different BSS is desired. 667 * Background scan period can optionally be 668 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 669 * if not specified default background scan configuration 670 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled. 671 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan. 672 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the 673 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be 674 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success, 675 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the 676 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate 677 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP. 678 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as 679 * well to remain backwards compatible. 680 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself. 681 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using 682 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an 683 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event. 684 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue 685 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the 686 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to. 687 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify 688 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other 689 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and 690 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used. 691 * 692 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices 693 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow. 694 * 695 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified 696 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do 697 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for 698 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel. 699 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus 700 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the 701 * frequency for the operation. 702 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds 703 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to 704 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the 705 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the 706 * radio). 707 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 708 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request; 709 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request. 710 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a 711 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been 712 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration. 713 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the 714 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to 715 * uniquely identify the request. 716 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested 717 * remain-on-channel duration has expired. 718 * 719 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX 720 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface 721 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates. 722 * 723 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames 724 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command 725 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for 726 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames) 727 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame 728 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or 729 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration 730 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink 731 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made. 732 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if 733 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which 734 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the 735 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it. 736 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for 737 * backward compatibility 738 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This 739 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and 740 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in 741 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a 742 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 743 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used 744 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was 745 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel 746 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel 747 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time 748 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation 749 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the 750 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request. 751 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the 752 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band. 753 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA 754 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute 755 * is used during CSA period. 756 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this 757 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait 758 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is 759 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel 760 * wait time. 761 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility. 762 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame 763 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies 764 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the 765 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged 766 * the frame. 767 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for 768 * backward compatibility. 769 * 770 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 771 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE 772 * 773 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command 774 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger 775 * levels. 776 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This 777 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was 778 * reached. 779 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 780 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface 781 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on. 782 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism 783 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined. 784 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while 785 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation 786 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take 787 * precedence when they are used. 788 * 789 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface 790 * (no longer supported). 791 * 792 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform 793 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets 794 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header) 795 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast) 796 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may 797 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop 798 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability 799 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases. 800 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of 801 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces 802 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode. 803 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this 804 * command, the feature is disabled. 805 * 806 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial 807 * mesh config parameters may be given. 808 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the 809 * network is determined by the network interface. 810 * 811 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame 812 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 813 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 814 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame 815 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected 816 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use. 817 * 818 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a 819 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only 820 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer 821 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 822 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or 823 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this 824 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station 825 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from 826 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the 827 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later 828 * depending on the authentication result. 829 * 830 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 831 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings. 832 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports 833 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this 834 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For 835 * more background information, see 836 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN. 837 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification 838 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the 839 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason 840 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present 841 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the 842 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up. 843 * 844 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver 845 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This 846 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data 847 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and 848 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened, 849 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to 850 * inform userspace of the new replay counter. 851 * 852 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace 853 * of PMKSA caching dandidates. 854 * 855 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup). 856 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take 857 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one). 858 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested 859 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and 860 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with 861 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN). 862 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The 863 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be 864 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as 865 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012 866 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently 867 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES 868 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in 869 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode. 870 * 871 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP 872 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to 873 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3 874 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame 875 * is received. 876 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and 877 * other attributes like the interface index are present. 878 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can 879 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription 880 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events. 881 * 882 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the 883 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame 884 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly 885 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener. 886 * 887 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface 888 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is 889 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses 890 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a 891 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match 892 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and 893 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed. 894 * 895 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from 896 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement 897 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME 898 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register. 899 * 900 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether 901 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied. 902 * 903 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels 904 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating 905 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the 906 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be 907 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA 908 * from the remote AP) is completed; 909 * 910 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch 911 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator 912 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or 913 * initiated on our own). It indicates that 914 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 915 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may 916 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other 917 * interfaces to change channel as well. 918 * 919 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by 920 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with 921 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the 922 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and 923 * public action frame TX. 924 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by 925 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. 926 * 927 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to 928 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a 929 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON 930 * is used for this. 931 * 932 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames 933 * for IBSS or MESH vif. 934 * 935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control. 936 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC 937 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in 938 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in 939 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it 940 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver 941 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This 942 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its 943 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP. 944 * 945 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once 946 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished 947 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with 948 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars 949 * while operating on this channel. 950 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the 951 * event. 952 * 953 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features, 954 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features. 955 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap. 956 * 957 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition 958 * Information Element to the WLAN driver 959 * 960 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver 961 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along 962 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report 963 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). 964 * 965 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running 966 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to 967 * complete. 968 * 969 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can 970 * return back to normal. 971 * 972 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules. 973 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules. 974 * 975 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the 976 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA) 977 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the 978 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the 979 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using 980 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel 981 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform 982 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel 983 * switch is complete. 984 * 985 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified 986 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in 987 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in 988 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 989 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is 990 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions 991 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands. 992 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes. 993 * 994 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values. 995 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If 996 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this 997 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an 998 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart. 999 * 1000 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given 1001 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO 1002 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters. 1003 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by 1004 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets 1005 * up the TX TS in the driver/device. 1006 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks 1007 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to 1008 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would 1009 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still 1010 * fail even if the check was successful. 1011 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID 1012 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this 1013 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating 1014 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case. 1015 * 1016 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to 1017 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by 1018 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. 1019 * 1020 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and 1021 * bandwidth of a channel must be given. 1022 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the 1023 * network is determined by the network interface. 1024 * 1025 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer, 1026 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is 1027 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining 1028 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via 1029 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS. 1030 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching 1031 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the 1032 * AP. 1033 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS 1034 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel 1035 * when this command completes. 1036 * 1037 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used 1038 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom 1039 * management. 1040 * 1041 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is 1042 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through 1043 * cfg80211_scan_done(). 1044 * 1045 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its 1046 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been 1047 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it 1048 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a 1049 * cluster. This command must have a valid 1050 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional 1051 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is 1052 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will 1053 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be 1054 * added. 1055 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by 1056 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. 1057 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined 1058 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this 1059 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id 1060 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) 1061 * of the function upon success. 1062 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right 1063 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination 1064 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new 1065 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one 1066 * which just terminated. 1067 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command 1068 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes 1069 * the response to this command. 1070 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well. 1071 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie. 1072 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is 1073 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID 1074 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes. 1075 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN 1076 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN 1077 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following 1078 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 1079 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the 1080 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but 1081 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care 1082 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do). 1083 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported. 1084 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and 1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE. 1086 * 1087 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters 1088 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal 1089 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it 1090 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently, 1091 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command. 1092 * 1093 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0 1094 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1095 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the 1096 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK. 1097 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously 1098 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by 1099 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. 1100 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates an 802.1X FT roam was 1101 * completed successfully. Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload 1102 * should send this event after indicating 802.1X FT assocation with 1103 * %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT 1104 * should be indicated instead. 1105 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request 1106 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit 1107 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame 1108 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the 1109 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or 1110 * 802.11 headers. 1111 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 1112 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added 1113 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame 1114 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively. 1115 * 1116 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded. 1117 * 1118 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host 1119 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and 1120 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen. 1121 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space) 1122 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to 1123 * driver) to indicate the authentication status. 1124 * 1125 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to 1126 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses 1127 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user 1128 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user 1129 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds 1130 * further with the association after getting successful authentication 1131 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through 1132 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH 1133 * command interface. 1134 * 1135 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the 1136 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have 1137 * initiated the connection through the connect request. 1138 * 1139 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's 1140 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 1141 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its 1142 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC). 1143 * 1144 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in 1145 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute. 1146 * 1147 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s) 1148 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested 1149 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address 1150 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the 1151 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes. 1152 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute. 1153 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in 1154 * the netlink extended ack message. 1155 * 1156 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it. 1157 * 1158 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the 1159 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they 1160 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket 1161 * buffer size. 1162 * 1163 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start 1164 * multiple concurrent measurements. 1165 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the 1166 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket. 1167 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that 1168 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie 1169 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE). 1170 * 1171 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was 1172 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel 1173 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes 1174 * determining the width and type. 1175 * 1176 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to 1177 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support 1178 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely 1179 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode. 1180 * 1181 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric 1182 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data 1183 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a 1184 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of 1185 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some 1186 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be 1187 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the 1188 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data 1189 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for 1190 * rate selection. 1191 * 1192 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh 1193 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame 1194 * content. The frame is ethernet data. 1195 * 1196 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration 1197 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute. 1198 * 1199 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon 1200 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was 1201 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon 1202 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 1203 * 1204 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control 1205 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. 1206 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 1207 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included 1208 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame. 1209 * 1210 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is 1211 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to 1212 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to. 1213 * 1214 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever 1215 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision. 1216 * 1217 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that 1218 * userspace wants to change the BSS color. 1219 * 1220 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has 1221 * started 1222 * 1223 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has 1224 * been aborted 1225 * 1226 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change 1227 * has completed 1228 * 1229 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using - 1230 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address 1231 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK 1232 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces 1233 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes) 1234 * 1235 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association 1236 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC 1237 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to 1238 * specify the timeout value. 1239 * 1240 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number 1241 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use 1242 */ 1243 enum nl80211_commands { 1244 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 1245 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC, 1246 1247 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */ 1248 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY, 1249 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY, 1250 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY, 1251 1252 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */ 1253 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE, 1254 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE, 1255 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE, 1256 1257 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY, 1258 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY, 1259 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY, 1260 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY, 1261 1262 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON, 1263 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, 1264 NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1265 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP, 1266 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1267 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP, 1268 1269 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, 1270 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION, 1271 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, 1272 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION, 1273 1274 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, 1275 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH, 1276 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH, 1277 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH, 1278 1279 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS, 1280 1281 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG, 1282 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG, 1283 1284 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG, 1285 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG, 1286 1287 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */, 1288 1289 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG, 1290 1291 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN, 1292 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN, 1293 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS, 1294 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED, 1295 1296 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, 1297 1298 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, 1299 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE, 1300 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1301 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, 1302 1303 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE, 1304 1305 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT, 1306 1307 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS, 1308 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS, 1309 1310 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 1311 1312 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, 1313 NL80211_CMD_ROAM, 1314 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT, 1315 1316 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS, 1317 1318 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, 1319 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS, 1320 1321 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA, 1322 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA, 1323 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA, 1324 1325 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1326 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, 1327 1328 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK, 1329 1330 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1331 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME, 1332 NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1333 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME, 1334 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1335 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1336 1337 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE, 1338 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE, 1339 1340 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM, 1341 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM, 1342 1343 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL, 1344 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER, 1345 1346 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL, 1347 1348 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH, 1349 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH, 1350 1351 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1352 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE, 1353 1354 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE, 1355 1356 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN, 1357 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN, 1358 1359 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN, 1360 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN, 1361 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS, 1362 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED, 1363 1364 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD, 1365 1366 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 1367 1368 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER, 1369 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, 1370 1371 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME, 1372 1373 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT, 1374 1375 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS, 1376 1377 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME, 1378 1379 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP, 1380 1381 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY, 1382 1383 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE, 1384 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE, 1385 1386 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED, 1387 1388 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE, 1389 1390 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, 1391 1392 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT, 1393 1394 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 1395 1396 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES, 1397 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT, 1398 1399 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START, 1400 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP, 1401 1402 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE, 1403 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE, 1404 1405 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1406 1407 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 1408 1409 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP, 1410 1411 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS, 1412 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS, 1413 1414 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP, 1415 1416 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB, 1417 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB, 1418 1419 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY, 1420 1421 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1422 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH, 1423 1424 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE, 1425 1426 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN, 1427 1428 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN, 1429 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN, 1430 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION, 1431 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION, 1432 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, 1433 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH, 1434 1435 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST, 1436 1437 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS, 1438 1439 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK, 1440 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK, 1441 1442 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 1443 1444 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB, 1445 1446 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH, 1447 1448 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED, 1449 1450 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME, 1451 1452 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 1453 1454 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START, 1455 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT, 1456 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE, 1457 1458 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR, 1459 1460 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO, 1461 1462 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK, 1463 1464 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG, 1465 1466 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON, 1467 1468 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS, 1469 1470 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS, 1471 1472 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 1473 1474 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST, 1475 1476 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 1477 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 1478 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 1479 1480 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD, 1481 1482 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK, 1483 1484 /* add new commands above here */ 1485 1486 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */ 1487 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST, 1488 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1 1489 }; 1490 1491 /* 1492 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them 1493 * here 1494 */ 1495 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS 1496 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE 1497 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE 1498 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE 1499 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1500 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE 1501 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE 1502 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT 1503 1504 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 1505 1506 /* source-level API compatibility */ 1507 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG 1508 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG 1509 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE 1510 1511 /** 1512 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes 1513 * 1514 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors 1515 * 1516 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf. 1517 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index 1518 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming) 1519 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters 1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz, 1521 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated) 1522 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes 1523 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 1524 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values 1526 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the 1527 * documentation of the enum for more information. 1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the 1529 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the 1530 * operating channel center frequency. 1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the 1532 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth 1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 1534 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included): 1535 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including 1536 * this attribute) 1537 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only 1538 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel 1539 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel 1540 * This attribute is now deprecated. 1541 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1542 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1543 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8 1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is 1545 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255; 1546 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8 1547 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum 1548 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable 1549 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32 1550 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length 1551 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range: 1552 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32 1553 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11 1554 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8 1555 * 1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on 1557 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name 1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype 1559 * 1560 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices 1561 * that don't have a netdev (u64) 1562 * 1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses) 1564 * 1565 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 1566 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 1567 * keys 1568 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 1569 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 1570 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 1572 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key 1574 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the 1575 * default management key 1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or 1577 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used 1578 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or 1579 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used 1580 * 1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU 1582 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing 1583 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE 1584 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE 1585 * 1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16) 1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1588 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2) 1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by 1590 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16). 1591 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported 1592 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1593 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station 1595 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to. 1596 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info 1597 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing 1598 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info. 1599 * 1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands, 1601 * consisting of a nested array. 1602 * 1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes). 1604 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link 1605 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action). 1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path. 1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path 1608 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at 1609 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info. 1610 * 1611 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of 1612 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags. 1613 * 1614 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the 1615 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to. 1616 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel 1617 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can 1618 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set 1619 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the 1620 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country. 1621 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain 1622 * to a specific alpha2. 1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory 1624 * rules. 1625 * 1626 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1) 1627 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1628 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1629 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled 1630 * (u8, 0 or 1) 1631 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic 1632 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length 1633 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1634 * 1635 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from 1636 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 1637 * 1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all 1639 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number 1640 * of the interface mode. 1641 * 1642 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for 1643 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE. 1644 * 1645 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with 1646 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE). 1647 * 1648 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with 1649 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1650 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can 1651 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute. 1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements 1653 * that can be added to a scan request 1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information 1655 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request 1656 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be 1657 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute. 1658 * 1659 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz) 1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive 1661 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan 1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS 1663 * 1664 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain 1665 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_* 1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently 1667 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*) 1668 * 1669 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies 1670 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number) 1671 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports. 1672 * 1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header 1674 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and 1675 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events 1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets) 1677 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type, 1678 * represented as a u32 1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and 1680 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16 1681 * 1682 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as 1683 * a u32 1684 * 1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1686 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1687 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This 1688 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1689 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change 1691 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects 1692 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This 1693 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing 1694 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_* 1695 * 1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported 1697 * cipher suites 1698 * 1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look 1700 * for other networks on different channels 1701 * 1702 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this 1703 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event 1704 * 1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is 1706 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32); 1707 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and 1708 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for 1709 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it 1710 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not. 1711 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will 1712 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not. 1713 * 1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a 1715 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 1716 * 1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls 1718 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in 1719 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE 1720 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until 1721 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by 1722 * default in station mode. 1723 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the 1724 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be 1725 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not 1726 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This 1727 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to 1728 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported. 1729 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with 1730 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom 1731 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted. 1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control 1733 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE) 1734 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211 1735 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending 1736 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the 1737 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead 1738 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is 1739 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 1740 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth 1741 * frames are not forwared over the control port. 1742 * 1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver. 1744 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this. 1745 * 1746 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT 1747 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to 1748 * a local disconnect request. 1749 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 1750 * event (u16) 1751 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating 1752 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to 1753 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection. 1754 * 1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON 1756 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection 1757 * (an array of u32). 1758 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1759 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a 1760 * u32). 1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1762 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using 1763 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions). 1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to 1765 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32). 1766 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, 1767 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which 1768 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also 1769 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware. 1770 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should 1771 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites. 1772 * 1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as 1774 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as 1776 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events. 1777 * 1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT 1779 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use 1780 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the 1781 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is 1782 * used for the initial association to an ESS. 1783 * 1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with 1785 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect() 1787 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each 1788 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes 1789 * 1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace. 1791 * 1792 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for 1793 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being 1794 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has 1795 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that 1796 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it 1797 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated 1798 * completely from scratch. 1799 * 1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface 1801 * 1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of 1803 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute 1804 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info. 1805 * 1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching. 1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can 1808 * cache, a wiphy attribute. 1809 * 1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32. 1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that 1812 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the 1813 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32. 1814 * 1815 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects. 1816 * 1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes 1818 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The 1819 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested 1820 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all 1821 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute 1822 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP, 1823 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must 1824 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon. 1825 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended 1826 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 1827 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 1828 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and 1829 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE. 1830 * 1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain 1832 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. 1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the 1834 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command. 1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1836 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1837 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with 1838 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 1839 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a 1840 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing 1841 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX. 1842 * 1843 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was 1844 * acknowledged by the recipient. 1845 * 1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values. 1847 * 1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a 1849 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes. 1850 * 1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command 1852 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without 1853 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with 1854 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, 1855 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE. 1856 * 1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations 1858 * connected to this BSS. 1859 * 1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See 1861 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values. 1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units. 1863 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING 1864 * for non-automatic settings. 1865 * 1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly 1867 * means support for per-station GTKs. 1868 * 1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting. 1870 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1871 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this 1872 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna. 1873 * 1874 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first 1875 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n 1876 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to 1877 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if 1878 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not. 1879 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be 1880 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask. 1881 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not. 1882 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot 1883 * support by returning -EINVAL. 1884 * 1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving. 1886 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should 1887 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap 1888 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna. 1889 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX. 1890 * 1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1892 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters. 1893 * 1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available 1895 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters. 1896 * 1897 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS 1898 * 1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be 1900 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match 1901 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this 1902 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an 1903 * nl80211 capability flag. 1904 * 1905 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16) 1906 * 1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 1908 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 1909 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 1910 * 1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be 1912 * changed once the mesh is active. 1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute 1914 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params. 1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver 1916 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via 1917 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag. 1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in 1919 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link 1920 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or 1921 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled. 1922 * 1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy 1924 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers 1925 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to 1926 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also 1927 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN 1928 * triggers. 1929 * 1930 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan 1931 * cycles, in msecs. 1932 * 1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more 1934 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs 1935 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are 1936 * pass-thru filter rules. 1937 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a 1938 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of 1939 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are 1940 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be 1941 * able to ignore them by itself. 1942 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but 1943 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application 1944 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway. 1945 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with 1946 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID 1947 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes 1948 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned. 1949 * If omitted, no filtering is done. 1950 * 1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported 1952 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes 1953 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs. 1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like 1955 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that 1956 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to 1957 * any restrictions in their number or combinations. 1958 * 1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information 1960 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data. 1961 * 1962 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan, 1963 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry 1964 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but 1965 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES). 1966 * 1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon 1968 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see 1969 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32 1970 * 1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame. 1972 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to 1973 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the 1974 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames. 1975 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association 1976 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and 1977 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into 1978 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to 1979 * (Re)Association Request frames. 1980 * 1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration 1982 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr. 1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working 1984 * as AP. 1985 * 1986 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of 1987 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low. 1988 * 1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching 1990 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr. 1991 * 1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not 1993 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action 1994 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space 1995 * applications use this attribute. 1996 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and 1997 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands. 1998 * 1999 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup 2000 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are 2001 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification. 2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a 2003 * TDLS conversation between two devices. 2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see 2005 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8. 2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate 2007 * as a TDLS peer sta. 2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown 2009 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via 2010 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 2011 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation. 2012 * 2013 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices 2014 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated 2015 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see 2016 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 2017 * 2018 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells 2019 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this, 2020 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is 2021 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime. 2022 * 2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from 2024 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information. 2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe 2026 * requests while operating in AP-mode. 2027 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for 2028 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr). 2029 * 2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire 2031 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out, 2032 * to be filled by the FW. 2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable 2034 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2035 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2036 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable 2037 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2038 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable 2040 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute. 2041 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers. 2042 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the 2043 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid. 2044 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature. 2045 * The values that may be configured are: 2046 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40 2047 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor. 2048 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored 2049 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in 2050 * the station debugfs ht_caps file. 2051 * 2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country 2053 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps 2054 * to one DFS region. 2055 * 2056 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of 2057 * up to 16 TIDs. 2058 * 2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be 2060 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support 2061 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from 2062 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the 2063 * capability to timeout the stations. 2064 * 2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int); 2066 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to 2067 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. 2068 * 2069 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds 2070 * or 0 to disable background scan. 2071 * 2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from 2073 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from 2074 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source 2075 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of 2076 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type. 2077 * 2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected 2079 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason 2080 * enum has different reasons of connection failure. 2081 * 2082 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. 2083 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), 2084 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the 2085 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with 2086 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into 2087 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the 2088 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and 2089 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data 2090 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition 2091 * consistent. 2092 * 2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from 2094 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2095 * 2096 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32) 2097 * 2098 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with 2099 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands 2100 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the 2101 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1; 2102 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS 2103 * no change is made. 2104 * 2105 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 2106 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode. 2107 * 2108 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy, 2109 * carried in a u32 attribute 2110 * 2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for 2112 * MAC ACL. 2113 * 2114 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum 2115 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC 2116 * ACL. 2117 * 2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace, 2119 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32). 2120 * 2121 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2122 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See 2123 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information. 2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver 2125 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields. 2126 * 2127 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to 2128 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD). 2129 * 2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are 2131 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations 2132 * and PU-APSD. 2133 * 2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see 2135 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32. 2136 * 2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports 2138 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple 2139 * messages, given with wiphy dump message 2140 * 2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier 2142 * 2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information 2144 * Element 2145 * 2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased 2147 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16). 2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which 2149 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16). 2150 * 2151 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16). 2152 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being 2153 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to 2154 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. 2155 * 2156 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information. 2157 * 2158 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2159 * until the channel switch event. 2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission 2161 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch 2162 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet 2163 * was requested by the AP. 2164 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information 2165 * for the time while performing a channel switch. 2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2167 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL). 2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel 2169 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP). 2170 * 2171 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32. 2172 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags. 2173 * 2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels. 2175 * 2176 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported 2177 * operating classes. 2178 * 2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space 2180 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in 2181 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS 2182 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required 2183 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the 2184 * IBSS network. 2185 * 2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2187 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth. 2188 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports 2189 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth. 2190 * 2191 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode 2192 * Notification Element based on association request when used with 2193 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when 2194 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS); 2195 * u8 attribute. 2196 * 2197 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if 2198 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet) 2199 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command 2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this 2201 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement 2202 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy 2203 * info, containing a nested array of possible events 2204 * 2205 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This 2206 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element 2207 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97. 2208 * 2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS 2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS 2211 * 2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many 2213 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32. 2214 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g., 2215 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to 2216 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt 2217 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail. 2218 * 2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which 2220 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted. 2221 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum 2222 * supported number of csa counters. 2223 * 2224 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32. 2225 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability. 2226 * 2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface 2228 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket 2229 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed. 2230 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be 2231 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will 2232 * be stopped when the socket is closed. 2233 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the 2234 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket 2235 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be 2236 * cleared when the socket is closed. 2237 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed 2238 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN 2239 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this 2240 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN 2241 * multicast group. 2242 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the 2243 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed. 2244 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically 2245 * torn down when the socket is closed. 2246 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be 2247 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed. 2248 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically 2249 * disabled when the socket is closed. 2250 * 2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is 2252 * the TDLS link initiator. 2253 * 2254 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection 2255 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be 2256 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. 2257 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the 2258 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features: 2259 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES, 2260 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET, 2261 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see: 2262 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM 2263 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the 2264 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability 2265 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field. 2266 * 2267 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout 2268 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack 2269 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower 2270 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled 2271 * setting valid value for coverage class. 2272 * 2273 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute) 2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute) 2275 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds 2276 * (per second) (u16 attribute) 2277 * 2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see 2279 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode. 2280 * 2281 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class 2282 * 2283 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask 2284 * 2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device 2286 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain 2287 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global 2288 * cfg80211 regdomain. 2289 * 2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte 2291 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum 2292 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the 2293 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0 2294 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1 2295 * of byte 3 (u8 array). 2296 * 2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be 2298 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY 2299 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio 2300 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.) 2301 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information 2302 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters 2303 * over all channels. 2304 * 2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a 2306 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN 2307 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the 2308 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds. 2309 2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device 2311 * is operating in an indoor environment. 2312 * 2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for 2314 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2315 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for 2316 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2317 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in 2318 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute. 2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan. 2320 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval 2321 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely, 2322 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval 2323 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially. 2324 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan. 2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate 2326 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request 2327 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start 2328 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only. 2329 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the 2330 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains 2331 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what 2332 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 2333 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for 2334 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware. 2335 * 2336 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported 2337 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status 2338 * 2339 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 2340 * 2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes: 2342 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2343 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per 2344 * interface type. 2345 * 2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO 2347 * groupID for monitor mode. 2348 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each 2349 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved), 2350 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in 2351 * that group and 0 for not being a member. 2352 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for 2353 * each group. 2354 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger 2355 * group numbers on least significant bits.) 2356 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode. 2357 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO 2358 * groupID data. 2359 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero. 2360 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow 2361 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer. 2362 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address 2363 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF) 2364 * 2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually 2366 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that 2367 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this 2368 * attribute must not be included). 2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which 2370 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set. 2371 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If 2372 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the 2373 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with 2374 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN 2375 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement. 2376 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates 2377 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is 2378 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration 2379 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter. 2380 * 2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is 2382 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state. 2383 * 2384 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by 2385 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with 2386 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0. 2387 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and 2388 * should not be used during a normal device operation. 2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32 2390 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum 2391 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 2392 * would be set. This attribute is used with 2393 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and 2394 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and 2395 * the device will decide what to use. 2396 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See 2397 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested 2398 * attribute. 2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute. 2400 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes. 2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame 2402 * protection. 2403 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association 2404 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet 2405 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2406 * 2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast 2408 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute). 2409 * 2410 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also 2411 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID. 2412 * 2413 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which 2414 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current 2415 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space. 2416 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to 2417 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than 2418 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid 2419 * unnecessary wakeups. 2420 * 2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in 2422 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 2423 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out 2424 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure 2425 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 2426 * 2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out. 2428 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used, 2429 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event. 2430 * 2431 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) 2432 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with 2433 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2434 * 2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part 2436 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with 2437 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2438 * 2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number 2440 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data 2441 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2442 * 2443 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the 2444 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and 2445 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK 2446 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with 2447 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2448 * 2449 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP 2450 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with 2451 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA. 2452 * 2453 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with 2454 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID. 2455 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide 2456 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X 2457 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT 2458 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME 2459 * is included as well. 2460 * 2461 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to 2462 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests. 2463 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled 2464 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32). 2465 * 2466 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include 2467 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it 2468 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake. 2469 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT. 2470 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved) 2471 * 2472 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external 2473 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an 2474 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the 2475 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event. 2476 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user 2477 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used 2478 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver 2479 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability 2480 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag 2481 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use 2482 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS) 2483 * 2484 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this 2485 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED. 2486 * 2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum 2488 * nl80211_txq_stats) 2489 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy. 2490 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced. 2491 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the 2492 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is 2493 * enforced. 2494 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes 2495 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler. 2496 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from 2497 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set 2498 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set. 2499 * 2500 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include 2501 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing 2502 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as 2503 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr 2504 * 2505 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder 2506 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats. 2507 * 2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32), 2509 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an 2510 * invalid value. 2511 * 2512 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result) 2513 * data, uses nested attributes specified in 2514 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs. 2515 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information, 2516 * with the appropriate sub-attributes. 2517 * 2518 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime 2519 * scheduler. 2520 * 2521 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for 2522 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for 2523 * possible values. 2524 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This 2525 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included, 2526 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver 2527 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface 2528 * or per-station. 2529 * 2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It 2531 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading 2532 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks. 2533 * 2534 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support. 2535 * 2536 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection 2537 * functionality. 2538 * 2539 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 2540 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 2541 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute) 2542 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 2543 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute) 2544 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 2545 * 2546 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key 2547 * (u16). 2548 * 2549 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings. 2550 * 2551 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry 2552 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This 2553 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating 2554 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in 2555 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not 2556 * advertised for a specific interface type. 2557 * 2558 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a 2559 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes; 2560 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub- 2561 * attributes. 2562 * 2563 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control 2564 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames. 2565 * 2566 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32, 2567 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value). 2568 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. 2569 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the 2570 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based 2571 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE, 2572 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE) 2573 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP 2574 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall 2575 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime. 2576 * 2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in 2578 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME 2579 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional 2580 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the 2581 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching) 2582 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime 2583 * has expired. 2584 * 2585 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA 2586 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If 2587 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration, 2588 * disassociation is still forced. 2589 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the 2590 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there. 2591 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated 2592 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with 2593 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET. 2594 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the 2595 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1. 2596 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies 2597 * 2598 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from 2599 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). 2600 * 2601 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS 2602 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see 2603 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. 2604 * 2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure 2606 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see 2607 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. 2608 * 2609 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from 2610 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION) 2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element 2612 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in 2613 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 2614 * 2615 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 2616 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication. 2617 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from 2618 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism. 2619 * 2620 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when 2621 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields 2622 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related 2623 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 2624 * 2625 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and 2626 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP 2627 * is desired. 2628 * 2629 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the 2630 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event. 2631 * 2632 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's 2633 * until the color switch event. 2634 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are 2635 * switching to 2636 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE 2637 * information for the time while performing a color switch. 2638 * 2639 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID 2640 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode. 2641 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID 2642 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace. 2643 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID 2644 * parameters. 2645 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details. 2646 * 2647 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements. 2648 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID. 2649 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces. 2650 * 2651 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain 2652 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used 2653 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 2654 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 2655 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 2656 * radar channel. 2657 * 2658 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags, 2659 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be 2660 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. 2661 * 2662 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available 2663 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined 2664 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 2665 */ 2666 enum nl80211_attrs { 2667 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */ 2668 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC, 2669 2670 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, 2671 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME, 2672 2673 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX, 2674 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME, 2675 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, 2676 2677 NL80211_ATTR_MAC, 2678 2679 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA, 2680 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, 2681 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER, 2682 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ, 2683 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT, 2684 2685 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL, 2686 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, 2687 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD, 2688 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL, 2689 2690 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID, 2691 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS, 2692 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL, 2693 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES, 2694 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN, 2695 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO, 2696 2697 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS, 2698 2699 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS, 2700 2701 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID, 2702 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION, 2703 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP, 2704 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO, 2705 2706 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT, 2707 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 2708 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 2709 2710 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY, 2711 2712 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES, 2713 2714 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2, 2715 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES, 2716 2717 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG, 2718 2719 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES, 2720 2721 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, 2722 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, 2723 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE, 2724 2725 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 2726 2727 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE, 2728 NL80211_ATTR_IE, 2729 2730 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS, 2731 2732 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES, 2733 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS, 2734 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */ 2735 NL80211_ATTR_BSS, 2736 2737 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR, 2738 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE, 2739 2740 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS, 2741 2742 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME, 2743 NL80211_ATTR_SSID, 2744 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, 2745 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE, 2746 2747 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE, 2748 2749 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2750 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES, 2751 2752 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE, 2753 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER, 2754 2755 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED, 2756 2757 2758 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, 2759 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, 2760 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, 2761 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD, 2762 2763 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT, 2764 2765 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, 2766 2767 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2, 2768 2769 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT, 2770 2771 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 2772 2773 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY, 2774 2775 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP, 2776 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE, 2777 2778 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE, 2779 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, 2780 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS, 2781 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, 2782 2783 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE, 2784 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE, 2785 2786 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID, 2787 2788 NL80211_ATTR_KEY, 2789 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS, 2790 2791 NL80211_ATTR_PID, 2792 2793 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR, 2794 2795 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO, 2796 2797 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, 2798 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS, 2799 2800 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION, 2801 2802 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE, 2803 2804 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS, 2805 2806 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES, 2807 2808 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH, 2809 2810 NL80211_ATTR_ACK, 2811 2812 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE, 2813 2814 NL80211_ATTR_CQM, 2815 2816 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE, 2817 2818 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE, 2819 2820 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING, 2821 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL, 2822 2823 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES, 2824 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES, 2825 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE, 2826 2827 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, 2828 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, 2829 2830 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN, 2831 2832 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX, 2833 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX, 2834 2835 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE, 2836 2837 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK, 2838 2839 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE, 2840 2841 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 2842 2843 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION, 2844 2845 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP, 2846 2847 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX, 2848 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX, 2849 2850 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH, 2851 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE, 2852 2853 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS, 2854 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, 2855 2856 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL, 2857 2858 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS, 2859 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES, 2860 2861 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA, 2862 2863 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS, 2864 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN, 2865 2866 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES, 2867 2868 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, 2869 2870 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP, 2871 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP, 2872 2873 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME, 2874 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD, 2875 2876 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT, 2877 2878 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, 2879 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS, 2880 2881 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 2882 2883 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE, 2884 2885 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION, 2886 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN, 2887 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION, 2888 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT, 2889 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP, 2890 2891 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME, 2892 2893 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK, 2894 2895 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS, 2896 2897 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD, 2898 2899 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP, 2900 2901 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION, 2902 2903 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT, 2904 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2905 2906 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP, 2907 2908 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT, 2909 2910 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM, 2911 2912 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD, 2913 2914 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV, 2915 2916 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE, 2917 2918 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON, 2919 2920 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA, 2921 2922 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY, 2923 2924 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS, 2925 2926 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, 2927 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1, 2928 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2, 2929 2930 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW, 2931 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS, 2932 2933 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE, 2934 2935 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY, 2936 2937 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS, 2938 2939 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX, 2940 2941 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT, 2942 2943 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA, 2944 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, 2945 2946 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY, 2947 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY, 2948 2949 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES, 2950 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP, 2951 2952 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT, 2953 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK, 2954 2955 NL80211_ATTR_MDID, 2956 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC, 2957 2958 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID, 2959 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION, 2960 2961 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID, 2962 2963 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 2964 2965 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT, 2966 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX, 2967 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES, 2968 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON, 2969 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP, 2970 2971 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS, 2972 2973 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS, 2974 2975 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES, 2976 2977 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS, 2978 2979 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ, 2980 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ, 2981 2982 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF, 2983 2984 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID, 2985 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD, 2986 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 2987 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS, 2988 2989 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP, 2990 2991 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, 2992 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT, 2993 2994 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA, 2995 2996 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY, 2997 2998 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER, 2999 3000 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX, 3001 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS, 3002 3003 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR, 3004 3005 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM, 3006 3007 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK, 3008 3009 NL80211_ATTR_TSID, 3010 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO, 3011 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME, 3012 3013 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE, 3014 3015 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS, 3016 3017 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK, 3018 3019 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG, 3020 3021 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES, 3022 3023 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS, 3024 3025 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD, 3026 3027 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY, 3028 3029 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR, 3030 3031 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3032 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 3033 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 3034 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS, 3035 3036 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS, 3037 3038 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT, 3039 3040 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS, 3041 3042 NL80211_ATTR_PAD, 3043 3044 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA, 3045 3046 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA, 3047 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR, 3048 3049 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF, 3050 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID, 3051 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION, 3052 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY, 3053 3054 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID, 3055 3056 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF, 3057 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS, 3058 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC, 3059 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH, 3060 3061 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK, 3062 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES, 3063 3064 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED, 3065 3066 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID, 3067 3068 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 3069 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST, 3070 3071 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON, 3072 3073 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME, 3074 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM, 3075 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM, 3076 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK, 3077 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, 3078 3079 NL80211_ATTR_PMK, 3080 3081 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI, 3082 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS, 3083 3084 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS, 3085 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME, 3086 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED, 3087 3088 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION, 3089 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT, 3090 3091 NL80211_ATTR_NSS, 3092 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL, 3093 3094 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 3095 3096 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS, 3097 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT, 3098 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT, 3099 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM, 3100 3101 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY, 3102 3103 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER, 3104 3105 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS, 3106 3107 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT, 3108 3109 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS, 3110 3111 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3112 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING, 3113 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER, 3114 3115 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD, 3116 3117 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER, 3118 3119 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD, 3120 3121 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3122 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3123 3124 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID, 3125 3126 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR, 3127 3128 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES, 3129 3130 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG, 3131 3132 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 3133 3134 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME, 3135 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD, 3136 3137 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST, 3138 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, 3139 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET, 3140 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 3141 3142 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY, 3143 3144 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY, 3145 3146 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 3147 3148 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY, 3149 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK, 3150 3151 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE, 3152 3153 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED, 3154 3155 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC, 3156 3157 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE, 3158 3159 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 3160 3161 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT, 3162 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR, 3163 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS, 3164 3165 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, 3166 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS, 3167 3168 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 3169 3170 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS, 3171 3172 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */ 3173 3174 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3175 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3176 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3177 }; 3178 3179 /* source-level API compatibility */ 3180 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION 3181 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG 3182 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER 3183 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA 3184 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON 3185 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP 3186 3187 /* 3188 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them 3189 * here 3190 */ 3191 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT 3192 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY 3193 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES 3194 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS 3195 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ 3196 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE 3197 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE 3198 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE 3199 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR 3200 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE 3201 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME 3202 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID 3203 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE 3204 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE 3205 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE 3206 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP 3207 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS 3208 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES 3209 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY 3210 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS 3211 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS 3212 3213 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64 3214 3215 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32 3216 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77 3217 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128 3218 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0 3219 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16 3220 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24 3221 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26 3222 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12 3223 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16 3224 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54 3225 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5 3226 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2 3227 3228 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10 3229 3230 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */ 3231 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300 3232 3233 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800 3234 3235 /** 3236 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types 3237 * 3238 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides 3239 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member 3240 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member 3241 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point 3242 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces 3243 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing 3244 * AP type interface. 3245 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface 3246 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames 3247 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point 3248 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client 3249 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner 3250 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev 3251 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the 3252 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE 3253 * commands to create and destroy one 3254 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS 3255 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true 3256 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev) 3257 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined 3258 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types 3259 * 3260 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE 3261 * to set the type of an interface. 3262 * 3263 */ 3264 enum nl80211_iftype { 3265 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED, 3266 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC, 3267 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION, 3268 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, 3269 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN, 3270 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS, 3271 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR, 3272 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT, 3273 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT, 3274 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO, 3275 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE, 3276 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB, 3277 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN, 3278 3279 /* keep last */ 3280 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES, 3281 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1 3282 }; 3283 3284 /** 3285 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags 3286 * 3287 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is 3288 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.) 3289 * 3290 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3291 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X) 3292 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames 3293 * with short barker preamble 3294 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable 3295 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection 3296 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated 3297 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should 3298 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the 3299 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and 3300 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected 3301 * as errors.) 3302 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers 3303 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a 3304 * previously added station into associated state 3305 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined 3306 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3307 */ 3308 enum nl80211_sta_flags { 3309 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID, 3310 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, 3311 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3312 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME, 3313 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP, 3314 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED, 3315 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER, 3316 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED, 3317 3318 /* keep last */ 3319 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 3320 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 3321 }; 3322 3323 /** 3324 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS 3325 * 3326 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism 3327 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism 3328 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values 3329 */ 3330 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status { 3331 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0, 3332 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED, 3333 3334 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS, 3335 }; 3336 3337 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER 3338 3339 /** 3340 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set 3341 * @mask: mask of station flags to set 3342 * @set: which values to set them to 3343 * 3344 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags. 3345 */ 3346 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update { 3347 __u32 mask; 3348 __u32 set; 3349 } __attribute__((packed)); 3350 3351 /** 3352 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval 3353 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec 3354 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec 3355 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec 3356 */ 3357 enum nl80211_he_gi { 3358 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8, 3359 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6, 3360 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2, 3361 }; 3362 3363 /** 3364 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field 3365 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1xLTF: 3.2 usec 3366 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2xLTF: 6.4 usec 3367 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4xLTF: 12.8 usec 3368 */ 3369 enum nl80211_he_ltf { 3370 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF, 3371 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF, 3372 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF, 3373 }; 3374 3375 /** 3376 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values 3377 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation 3378 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation 3379 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation 3380 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation 3381 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation 3382 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation 3383 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation 3384 */ 3385 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc { 3386 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26, 3387 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52, 3388 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106, 3389 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242, 3390 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484, 3391 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996, 3392 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996, 3393 }; 3394 3395 /** 3396 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information 3397 * 3398 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE 3399 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3400 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents 3401 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value. 3402 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported 3403 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits 3404 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included. 3405 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall 3406 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels. 3407 * 3408 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3409 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s) 3410 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8) 3411 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate 3412 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 3413 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s) 3414 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined 3415 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8) 3416 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8) 3417 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate 3418 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the 3419 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates 3420 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate 3421 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is 3422 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3423 * half the base (20 MHz) rate 3424 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is 3425 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e. 3426 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate 3427 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11) 3428 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8) 3429 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier 3430 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi) 3431 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1) 3432 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then 3433 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc) 3434 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3435 */ 3436 enum nl80211_rate_info { 3437 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID, 3438 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE, 3439 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS, 3440 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH, 3441 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI, 3442 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32, 3443 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS, 3444 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS, 3445 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3446 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH, 3447 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH, 3448 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH, 3449 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH, 3450 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS, 3451 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS, 3452 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI, 3453 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM, 3454 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC, 3455 3456 /* keep last */ 3457 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3458 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3459 }; 3460 3461 /** 3462 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA 3463 * 3464 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM 3465 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station. 3466 * 3467 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3468 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag) 3469 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 3470 * (flag) 3471 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 3472 * (flag) 3473 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8) 3474 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16) 3475 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined 3476 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3477 */ 3478 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param { 3479 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID, 3480 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT, 3481 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE, 3482 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME, 3483 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD, 3484 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL, 3485 3486 /* keep last */ 3487 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST, 3488 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1 3489 }; 3490 3491 /** 3492 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information 3493 * 3494 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO 3495 * when getting information about a station. 3496 * 3497 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3498 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs) 3499 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3500 * (u32, from this station) 3501 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3502 * (u32, to this station) 3503 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length) 3504 * (u64, from this station) 3505 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length) 3506 * (u64, to this station) 3507 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm) 3508 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute 3509 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info 3510 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3511 * (u32, from this station) 3512 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs) 3513 * (u32, to this station) 3514 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station) 3515 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs) 3516 * (u32, to this station) 3517 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm) 3518 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID 3519 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID 3520 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station 3521 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state) 3522 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested 3523 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE. 3524 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute 3525 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param 3526 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected 3527 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update. 3528 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32) 3529 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64) 3530 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode 3531 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode 3532 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards 3533 * non-peer STA 3534 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU 3535 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm) 3536 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average 3537 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL. 3538 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the 3539 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps) 3540 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons 3541 * (u64) 3542 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64) 3543 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average 3544 * for beacons only (u8, dBm) 3545 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats) 3546 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the 3547 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames; 3548 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats 3549 * attributes carrying the actual values. 3550 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3551 * received from the station (u64, usec) 3552 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3553 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm) 3554 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm) 3555 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs) 3556 * (u32, from this station) 3557 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received 3558 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include 3559 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter 3560 * might not be fully accurate. 3561 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a 3562 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1) 3563 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames 3564 * sent to the station (u64, usec) 3565 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16) 3566 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station 3567 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds) 3568 * of STA's association 3569 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a 3570 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1) 3571 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal 3572 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute 3573 */ 3574 enum nl80211_sta_info { 3575 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID, 3576 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME, 3577 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES, 3578 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES, 3579 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID, 3580 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID, 3581 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE, 3582 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL, 3583 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE, 3584 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS, 3585 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS, 3586 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES, 3587 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED, 3588 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG, 3589 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE, 3590 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM, 3591 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME, 3592 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS, 3593 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS, 3594 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET, 3595 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM, 3596 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM, 3597 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM, 3598 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64, 3599 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64, 3600 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 3601 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG, 3602 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT, 3603 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC, 3604 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX, 3605 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG, 3606 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS, 3607 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION, 3608 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD, 3609 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL, 3610 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG, 3611 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS, 3612 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT, 3613 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 3614 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION, 3615 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT, 3616 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC, 3617 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME, 3618 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 3619 3620 /* keep last */ 3621 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3622 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3623 }; 3624 3625 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 3626 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG 3627 3628 3629 /** 3630 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes 3631 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3632 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64) 3633 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or 3634 * attempted to transmit; u64) 3635 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for 3636 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64) 3637 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted 3638 * MSDUs (u64) 3639 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 3640 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute) 3641 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here 3642 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3643 */ 3644 enum nl80211_tid_stats { 3645 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID, 3646 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU, 3647 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU, 3648 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES, 3649 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED, 3650 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD, 3651 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS, 3652 3653 /* keep last */ 3654 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS, 3655 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1 3656 }; 3657 3658 /** 3659 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes 3660 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3661 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here 3662 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged 3663 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently 3664 * backlogged 3665 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen 3666 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops 3667 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks 3668 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow 3669 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 3670 * (only for per-phy stats) 3671 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions 3672 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ 3673 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ 3674 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY 3675 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here 3676 */ 3677 enum nl80211_txq_stats { 3678 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID, 3679 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES, 3680 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS, 3681 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS, 3682 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS, 3683 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS, 3684 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT, 3685 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY, 3686 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS, 3687 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES, 3688 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS, 3689 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS, 3690 3691 /* keep last */ 3692 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS, 3693 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1 3694 }; 3695 3696 /** 3697 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags 3698 * 3699 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active 3700 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running 3701 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN 3702 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set 3703 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded 3704 */ 3705 enum nl80211_mpath_flags { 3706 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0, 3707 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1, 3708 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2, 3709 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3, 3710 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4, 3711 }; 3712 3713 /** 3714 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information 3715 * 3716 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting 3717 * information about a mesh path. 3718 * 3719 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3720 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination 3721 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number 3722 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path 3723 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now 3724 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in 3725 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags; 3726 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec 3727 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries 3728 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination 3729 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination 3730 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number 3731 * currently defined 3732 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3733 */ 3734 enum nl80211_mpath_info { 3735 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID, 3736 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN, 3737 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN, 3738 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC, 3739 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME, 3740 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS, 3741 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 3742 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES, 3743 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT, 3744 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE, 3745 3746 /* keep last */ 3747 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 3748 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 3749 }; 3750 3751 /** 3752 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes 3753 * 3754 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3755 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute 3756 * for each interface type that supports the band data 3757 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE 3758 * capabilities IE 3759 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE 3760 * capabilities IE 3761 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE 3762 * capabilities IE 3763 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as 3764 * defined in HE capabilities IE 3765 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16), 3766 * given for all 6 GHz band channels 3767 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are 3768 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary) 3769 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3770 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3771 */ 3772 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr { 3773 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID, 3774 3775 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES, 3776 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC, 3777 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY, 3778 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET, 3779 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE, 3780 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA, 3781 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS, 3782 3783 /* keep last */ 3784 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3785 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3786 }; 3787 3788 /** 3789 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes 3790 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3791 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band, 3792 * an array of nested frequency attributes 3793 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band, 3794 * an array of nested bitrate attributes 3795 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3796 * defined in 802.11n 3797 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3798 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n 3799 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n 3800 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as 3801 * defined in 802.11ac 3802 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE 3803 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using 3804 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr 3805 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz 3806 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions. 3807 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. 3808 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 3809 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. 3810 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13. 3811 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined 3812 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3813 */ 3814 enum nl80211_band_attr { 3815 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID, 3816 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS, 3817 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES, 3818 3819 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET, 3820 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA, 3821 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR, 3822 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY, 3823 3824 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET, 3825 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA, 3826 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA, 3827 3828 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS, 3829 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG, 3830 3831 /* keep last */ 3832 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3833 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3834 }; 3835 3836 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA 3837 3838 /** 3839 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule 3840 * 3841 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3842 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot. 3843 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot. 3844 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space. 3845 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time. 3846 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule. 3847 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use. 3848 */ 3849 enum nl80211_wmm_rule { 3850 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID, 3851 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN, 3852 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX, 3853 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN, 3854 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP, 3855 3856 /* keep last */ 3857 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST, 3858 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1 3859 }; 3860 3861 /** 3862 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes 3863 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3864 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz 3865 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current 3866 * regulatory domain. 3867 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation 3868 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe 3869 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing. 3870 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory 3871 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3872 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm 3873 * (100 * dBm). 3874 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS 3875 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state) 3876 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long 3877 * this channel is in this DFS state. 3878 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this 3879 * channel as the control channel 3880 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this 3881 * channel as the control channel 3882 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel 3883 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible, 3884 * this includes 80+80 channels 3885 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel 3886 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels 3887 * isn't possible 3888 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 3889 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this 3890 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be 3891 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in 3892 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not 3893 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master 3894 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power. 3895 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this 3896 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on 3897 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz 3898 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS 3899 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be 3900 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under 3901 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS 3902 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and 3903 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e., 3904 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this 3905 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP). 3906 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed 3907 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3908 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed 3909 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3910 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations. 3911 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC. 3912 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule) 3913 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel 3914 * in current regulatory domain. 3915 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 3916 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed 3917 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3918 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed 3919 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3920 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed 3921 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3922 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed 3923 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3924 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed 3925 * on this channel in current regulatory domain. 3926 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number 3927 * currently defined 3928 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3929 * 3930 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122 3931 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed 3932 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and 3933 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT. 3934 */ 3935 enum nl80211_frequency_attr { 3936 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID, 3937 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ, 3938 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED, 3939 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR, 3940 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS, 3941 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR, 3942 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER, 3943 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE, 3944 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME, 3945 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS, 3946 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS, 3947 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ, 3948 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ, 3949 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 3950 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY, 3951 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT, 3952 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ, 3953 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ, 3954 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM, 3955 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE, 3956 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET, 3957 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ, 3958 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ, 3959 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ, 3960 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ, 3961 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ, 3962 3963 /* keep last */ 3964 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3965 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3966 }; 3967 3968 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER 3969 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3970 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3971 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR 3972 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \ 3973 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 3974 3975 /** 3976 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes 3977 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 3978 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps 3979 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported 3980 * in 2.4 GHz band. 3981 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number 3982 * currently defined 3983 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 3984 */ 3985 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr { 3986 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID, 3987 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE, 3988 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE, 3989 3990 /* keep last */ 3991 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 3992 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 3993 }; 3994 3995 /** 3996 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request 3997 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world 3998 * regulatory domain. 3999 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the 4000 * regulatory domain. 4001 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the 4002 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in. 4003 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an 4004 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it 4005 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country 4006 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information 4007 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb. 4008 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should 4009 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation. 4010 */ 4011 enum nl80211_reg_initiator { 4012 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE, 4013 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER, 4014 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, 4015 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE, 4016 }; 4017 4018 /** 4019 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain 4020 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains 4021 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the 4022 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid. 4023 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory 4024 * domain. 4025 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom 4026 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide 4027 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested 4028 * them to be applied. 4029 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product 4030 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously 4031 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory 4032 * domain request to be processed. 4033 */ 4034 enum nl80211_reg_type { 4035 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY, 4036 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD, 4037 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD, 4038 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION, 4039 }; 4040 4041 /** 4042 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes 4043 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4044 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional 4045 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the 4046 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags. 4047 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory 4048 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory 4049 * band edge. 4050 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule 4051 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory 4052 * band edge. 4053 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this 4054 * frequency range, in KHz. 4055 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain 4056 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi). 4057 * If you don't have one then don't send this. 4058 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for 4059 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm). 4060 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds. 4061 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used. 4062 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number 4063 * currently defined 4064 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4065 */ 4066 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr { 4067 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID, 4068 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, 4069 4070 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START, 4071 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END, 4072 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW, 4073 4074 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN, 4075 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP, 4076 4077 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME, 4078 4079 /* keep last */ 4080 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4081 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4082 }; 4083 4084 /** 4085 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes 4086 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4087 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching, 4088 * only report BSS with matching SSID. 4089 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.) 4090 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a 4091 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that 4092 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as 4093 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a 4094 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with 4095 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem, 4096 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this 4097 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute. 4098 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether 4099 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or 4100 * relative to current bss's RSSI. 4101 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 4102 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 4103 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 4104 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 4105 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching 4106 * (this cannot be used together with SSID). 4107 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Nested attribute that carries the 4108 * band specific minimum rssi thresholds for the bands defined in 4109 * enum nl80211_band. The minimum rssi threshold value(s32) specific to a 4110 * band shall be encapsulated in attribute with type value equals to one 4111 * of the NL80211_BAND_* defined in enum nl80211_band. For example, the 4112 * minimum rssi threshold value for 2.4GHZ band shall be encapsulated 4113 * within an attribute of type NL80211_BAND_2GHZ. And one or more of such 4114 * attributes will be nested within this attribute. 4115 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter 4116 * attribute number currently defined 4117 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4118 */ 4119 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr { 4120 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID, 4121 4122 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID, 4123 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI, 4124 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI, 4125 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 4126 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID, 4127 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, 4128 4129 /* keep last */ 4130 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4131 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = 4132 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4133 }; 4134 4135 /* only for backward compatibility */ 4136 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID 4137 4138 /** 4139 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags 4140 * 4141 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed 4142 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed 4143 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed 4144 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed 4145 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used 4146 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links 4147 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links 4148 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed, 4149 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require 4150 * beaconing. 4151 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated 4152 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross 4153 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges. 4154 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 4155 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation 4156 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation 4157 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed 4158 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed 4159 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed 4160 */ 4161 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags { 4162 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0, 4163 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1, 4164 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2, 4165 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3, 4166 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4, 4167 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5, 4168 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6, 4169 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7, 4170 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8, 4171 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11, 4172 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12, 4173 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13, 4174 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14, 4175 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15, 4176 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16, 4177 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1<<17, 4178 }; 4179 4180 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4181 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4182 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR 4183 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\ 4184 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS) 4185 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT 4186 4187 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */ 4188 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS) 4189 4190 /** 4191 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions 4192 * 4193 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified 4194 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC 4195 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI 4196 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec 4197 */ 4198 enum nl80211_dfs_regions { 4199 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0, 4200 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1, 4201 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2, 4202 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3, 4203 }; 4204 4205 /** 4206 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint 4207 * 4208 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always 4209 * assumed if the attribute is not set. 4210 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular 4211 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work 4212 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints 4213 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature 4214 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will 4215 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device 4216 * present has been registered with the wireless core that 4217 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a 4218 * supported feature. 4219 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the 4220 * platform is operating in an indoor environment. 4221 */ 4222 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type { 4223 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0, 4224 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1, 4225 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2, 4226 }; 4227 4228 /** 4229 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information 4230 * 4231 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO 4232 * when getting information about a survey. 4233 * 4234 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 4235 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel 4236 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm) 4237 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 4238 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio 4239 * was turned on (on channel or globally) 4240 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary 4241 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect) 4242 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension 4243 * channel was sensed busy 4244 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4245 * receiving data (on channel or globally) 4246 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent 4247 * transmitting data (on channel or globally) 4248 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan 4249 * (on this channel or globally) 4250 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4251 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent 4252 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS 4253 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number 4254 * currently defined 4255 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz 4256 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4257 */ 4258 enum nl80211_survey_info { 4259 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID, 4260 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY, 4261 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE, 4262 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE, 4263 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME, 4264 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY, 4265 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY, 4266 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX, 4267 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX, 4268 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN, 4269 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD, 4270 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX, 4271 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4272 4273 /* keep last */ 4274 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST, 4275 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1 4276 }; 4277 4278 /* keep old names for compatibility */ 4279 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME 4280 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY 4281 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY 4282 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX 4283 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX 4284 4285 /** 4286 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags 4287 * 4288 * Monitor configuration flags. 4289 * 4290 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved 4291 * 4292 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 4293 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 4294 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 4295 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 4296 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing. 4297 * overrides all other flags. 4298 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address 4299 * and ACK incoming unicast packets. 4300 * 4301 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4302 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag 4303 */ 4304 enum nl80211_mntr_flags { 4305 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 4306 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 4307 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 4308 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 4309 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 4310 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 4311 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 4312 4313 /* keep last */ 4314 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST, 4315 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1 4316 }; 4317 4318 /** 4319 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes 4320 * 4321 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is 4322 * not known or has not been set yet. 4323 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is 4324 * in Awake state all the time. 4325 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4326 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for 4327 * neighbor's beacons. 4328 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will 4329 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up 4330 * for neighbor's beacons. 4331 * 4332 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use 4333 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level 4334 */ 4335 4336 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode { 4337 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN, 4338 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE, 4339 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP, 4340 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP, 4341 4342 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST, 4343 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1 4344 }; 4345 4346 /** 4347 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters 4348 * 4349 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is 4350 * active. 4351 * 4352 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use 4353 * 4354 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in 4355 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message 4356 * 4357 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in 4358 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link 4359 * 4360 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in 4361 * millisecond units 4362 * 4363 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed 4364 * on this mesh interface 4365 * 4366 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link 4367 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a 4368 * mesh 4369 * 4370 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh 4371 * point. 4372 * 4373 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open 4374 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if 4375 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are 4376 * set. 4377 * 4378 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames 4379 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path 4380 * target) 4381 * 4382 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths 4383 * (in milliseconds) 4384 * 4385 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait 4386 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds) 4387 * 4388 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh 4389 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from 4390 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 4391 * 4392 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4393 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 4394 * reference element 4395 * 4396 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs) 4397 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the 4398 * mesh 4399 * 4400 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not 4401 * 4402 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a 4403 * source mesh point for path selection elements. 4404 * 4405 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4406 * root announcements are transmitted. 4407 * 4408 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has 4409 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root 4410 * Announcement frames. 4411 * 4412 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in 4413 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a 4414 * PERR element. 4415 * 4416 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding 4417 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 4418 * 4419 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the 4420 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish 4421 * a peer link. 4422 * 4423 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors 4424 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 4425 * (see 11C.12.2.2) 4426 * 4427 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode. 4428 * 4429 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute 4430 * 4431 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for 4432 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding 4433 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid. 4434 * 4435 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between 4436 * proactive PREQs are transmitted. 4437 * 4438 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time 4439 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame 4440 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 4441 * 4442 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links. 4443 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32) 4444 * 4445 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs) 4446 * 4447 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've 4448 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then 4449 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable 4450 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes. 4451 * 4452 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA 4453 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation 4454 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only 4455 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path. 4456 * 4457 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. 4458 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that 4459 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be 4460 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 4461 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 4462 * 4463 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA 4464 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server 4465 * in the mesh formation field. 4466 * 4467 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use 4468 */ 4469 enum nl80211_meshconf_params { 4470 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID, 4471 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT, 4472 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT, 4473 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT, 4474 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS, 4475 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES, 4476 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL, 4477 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS, 4478 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES, 4479 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME, 4480 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT, 4481 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT, 4482 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL, 4483 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME, 4484 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE, 4485 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL, 4486 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL, 4487 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS, 4488 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL, 4489 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING, 4490 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD, 4491 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR, 4492 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE, 4493 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT, 4494 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL, 4495 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL, 4496 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE, 4497 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW, 4498 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT, 4499 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE, 4500 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN, 4501 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS, 4502 4503 /* keep last */ 4504 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4505 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4506 }; 4507 4508 /** 4509 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters 4510 * 4511 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be 4512 * changed while the mesh is active. 4513 * 4514 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use 4515 * 4516 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a 4517 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the 4518 * default HWMP. 4519 * 4520 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a 4521 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime 4522 * metric. 4523 * 4524 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a 4525 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element 4526 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and 4527 * metrics in use. 4528 * 4529 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication 4530 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates. 4531 * 4532 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication 4533 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of 4534 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of 4535 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer 4536 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE 4537 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and 4538 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can 4539 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a 4540 * userspace daemon. 4541 * 4542 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a 4543 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default 4544 * neighbor offset synchronization 4545 * 4546 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will 4547 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state. 4548 * 4549 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication 4550 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE). 4551 * Default is no authentication method required. 4552 * 4553 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number 4554 * 4555 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use 4556 */ 4557 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params { 4558 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID, 4559 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL, 4560 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC, 4561 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE, 4562 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH, 4563 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, 4564 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC, 4565 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM, 4566 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL, 4567 4568 /* keep last */ 4569 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4570 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4571 }; 4572 4573 /** 4574 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes 4575 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved 4576 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*) 4577 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning 4578 * disabled 4579 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 4580 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4581 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 4582 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767] 4583 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 4584 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 4585 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number 4586 */ 4587 enum nl80211_txq_attr { 4588 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID, 4589 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC, 4590 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP, 4591 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN, 4592 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX, 4593 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS, 4594 4595 /* keep last */ 4596 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 4597 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 4598 }; 4599 4600 enum nl80211_ac { 4601 NL80211_AC_VO, 4602 NL80211_AC_VI, 4603 NL80211_AC_BE, 4604 NL80211_AC_BK, 4605 NL80211_NUM_ACS 4606 }; 4607 4608 /* backward compat */ 4609 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC 4610 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO 4611 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI 4612 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE 4613 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK 4614 4615 /** 4616 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type 4617 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4618 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel 4619 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4620 * below the control channel 4621 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel 4622 * above the control channel 4623 */ 4624 enum nl80211_channel_type { 4625 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT, 4626 NL80211_CHAN_HT20, 4627 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS, 4628 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS 4629 }; 4630 4631 /** 4632 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode 4633 * 4634 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default) 4635 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately 4636 * 4637 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the 4638 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: 4639 * 4640 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: 4641 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet 4642 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: 4643 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes 4644 * the preferred Tx key for the station. 4645 */ 4646 enum nl80211_key_mode { 4647 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX, 4648 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX, 4649 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX 4650 }; 4651 4652 /** 4653 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions 4654 * 4655 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH 4656 * attribute. 4657 * 4658 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel 4659 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel 4660 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4661 * attribute must be provided as well 4662 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4663 * attribute must be provided as well 4664 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4665 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well 4666 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1 4667 * attribute must be provided as well 4668 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel 4669 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel 4670 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel 4671 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel 4672 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel 4673 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel 4674 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel 4675 */ 4676 enum nl80211_chan_width { 4677 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT, 4678 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4679 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40, 4680 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80, 4681 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80, 4682 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160, 4683 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4684 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4685 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4686 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4687 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4, 4688 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8, 4689 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16, 4690 }; 4691 4692 /** 4693 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS 4694 * 4695 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute. 4696 * 4697 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible 4698 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide 4699 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide 4700 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide 4701 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide 4702 */ 4703 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width { 4704 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 4705 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10, 4706 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5, 4707 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1, 4708 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2, 4709 }; 4710 4711 /** 4712 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS 4713 * 4714 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid 4715 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets) 4716 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32) 4717 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64) 4718 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be 4719 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon 4720 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from) 4721 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16) 4722 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16) 4723 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the 4724 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin); 4725 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is 4726 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise 4727 * they are from a Beacon frame. 4728 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these 4729 * IEs may be from either frame subtype. 4730 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the 4731 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics. 4732 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon 4733 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32) 4734 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon 4735 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8) 4736 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used" 4737 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms 4738 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information 4739 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has 4740 * yet been received 4741 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel 4742 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) 4743 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64) 4744 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet) 4745 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and 4746 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute) 4747 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry 4748 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be 4749 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 4750 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment 4751 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first 4752 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for 4753 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by 4754 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64). 4755 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF 4756 * is set. 4757 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update. 4758 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm), 4759 * using the nesting index as the antenna number. 4760 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz 4761 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal 4762 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute 4763 */ 4764 enum nl80211_bss { 4765 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID, 4766 NL80211_BSS_BSSID, 4767 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY, 4768 NL80211_BSS_TSF, 4769 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL, 4770 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY, 4771 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS, 4772 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM, 4773 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC, 4774 NL80211_BSS_STATUS, 4775 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO, 4776 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES, 4777 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH, 4778 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF, 4779 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA, 4780 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME, 4781 NL80211_BSS_PAD, 4782 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 4783 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID, 4784 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL, 4785 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET, 4786 4787 /* keep last */ 4788 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST, 4789 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1 4790 }; 4791 4792 /** 4793 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status" 4794 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS. 4795 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer 4796 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with 4797 * a given BSS. 4798 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS. 4799 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS. 4800 * 4801 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which 4802 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS. 4803 */ 4804 enum nl80211_bss_status { 4805 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED, 4806 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED, 4807 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED, 4808 }; 4809 4810 /** 4811 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType 4812 * 4813 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication 4814 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only) 4815 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r) 4816 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP) 4817 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals 4818 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key 4819 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS 4820 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key 4821 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal 4822 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm 4823 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by 4824 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out 4825 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands. 4826 */ 4827 enum nl80211_auth_type { 4828 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM, 4829 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY, 4830 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT, 4831 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP, 4832 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE, 4833 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK, 4834 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS, 4835 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK, 4836 4837 /* keep last */ 4838 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM, 4839 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1, 4840 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC 4841 }; 4842 4843 /** 4844 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type 4845 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key 4846 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key 4847 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS) 4848 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types 4849 */ 4850 enum nl80211_key_type { 4851 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP, 4852 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE, 4853 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY, 4854 4855 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES 4856 }; 4857 4858 /** 4859 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state 4860 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used 4861 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required 4862 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional 4863 */ 4864 enum nl80211_mfp { 4865 NL80211_MFP_NO, 4866 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED, 4867 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL, 4868 }; 4869 4870 enum nl80211_wpa_versions { 4871 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0, 4872 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1, 4873 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2, 4874 }; 4875 4876 /** 4877 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types 4878 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid 4879 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default 4880 * unicast key 4881 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default 4882 * multicast key 4883 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types 4884 */ 4885 enum nl80211_key_default_types { 4886 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID, 4887 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST, 4888 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST, 4889 4890 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES 4891 }; 4892 4893 /** 4894 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes 4895 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid 4896 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of 4897 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC 4898 * keys 4899 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3) 4900 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11 4901 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04) 4902 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and 4903 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian 4904 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key 4905 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key 4906 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not 4907 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was 4908 * given with the command using the key or not (u32) 4909 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags 4910 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as. 4911 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types. 4912 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode. 4913 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX. 4914 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key 4915 * 4916 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal 4917 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute 4918 */ 4919 enum nl80211_key_attributes { 4920 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID, 4921 NL80211_KEY_DATA, 4922 NL80211_KEY_IDX, 4923 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER, 4924 NL80211_KEY_SEQ, 4925 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT, 4926 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, 4927 NL80211_KEY_TYPE, 4928 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES, 4929 NL80211_KEY_MODE, 4930 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON, 4931 4932 /* keep last */ 4933 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST, 4934 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1 4935 }; 4936 4937 /** 4938 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes 4939 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid 4940 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4941 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with 4942 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most 4943 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array). 4944 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection 4945 * in an array of MCS numbers. 4946 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4947 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht 4948 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi 4949 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection, 4950 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he 4951 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us. 4952 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF. 4953 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal 4954 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute 4955 */ 4956 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes { 4957 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID, 4958 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY, 4959 NL80211_TXRATE_HT, 4960 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT, 4961 NL80211_TXRATE_GI, 4962 NL80211_TXRATE_HE, 4963 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI, 4964 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF, 4965 4966 /* keep last */ 4967 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST, 4968 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1 4969 }; 4970 4971 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT 4972 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8 4973 4974 /** 4975 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4976 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4977 */ 4978 struct nl80211_txrate_vht { 4979 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 4980 }; 4981 4982 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8 4983 /** 4984 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap 4985 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.) 4986 */ 4987 struct nl80211_txrate_he { 4988 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 4989 }; 4990 4991 enum nl80211_txrate_gi { 4992 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI, 4993 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI, 4994 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI, 4995 }; 4996 4997 /** 4998 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band 4999 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band 5000 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz) 5001 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz) 5002 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz) 5003 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs 5004 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder) 5005 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace 5006 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands 5007 */ 5008 enum nl80211_band { 5009 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, 5010 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ, 5011 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ, 5012 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ, 5013 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ, 5014 NL80211_BAND_LC, 5015 5016 NUM_NL80211_BANDS, 5017 }; 5018 5019 /** 5020 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state 5021 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled 5022 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled 5023 */ 5024 enum nl80211_ps_state { 5025 NL80211_PS_DISABLED, 5026 NL80211_PS_ENABLED, 5027 }; 5028 5029 /** 5030 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes 5031 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid 5032 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies 5033 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero 5034 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is 5035 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of 5036 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value 5037 * crosses any of the thresholds. 5038 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies 5039 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a 5040 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation). 5041 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event 5042 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many 5043 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer 5044 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures 5045 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an 5046 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and 5047 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated. 5048 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given 5049 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is 5050 * checked. 5051 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic 5052 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and 5053 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an 5054 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting. 5055 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon 5056 * loss event 5057 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the 5058 * RSSI threshold event. 5059 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal 5060 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute 5061 */ 5062 enum nl80211_attr_cqm { 5063 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID, 5064 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD, 5065 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST, 5066 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT, 5067 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT, 5068 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE, 5069 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS, 5070 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL, 5071 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5072 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL, 5073 5074 /* keep last */ 5075 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST, 5076 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1 5077 }; 5078 5079 /** 5080 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event 5081 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the 5082 * configured threshold 5083 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the 5084 * configured threshold 5085 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent) 5086 */ 5087 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event { 5088 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW, 5089 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH, 5090 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT, 5091 }; 5092 5093 5094 /** 5095 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment 5096 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power 5097 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter 5098 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter 5099 */ 5100 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting { 5101 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC, 5102 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED, 5103 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED, 5104 }; 5105 5106 /** 5107 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state 5108 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID 5109 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID 5110 */ 5111 enum nl80211_tid_config { 5112 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE, 5113 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE, 5114 }; 5115 5116 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type 5117 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate 5118 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter 5119 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter 5120 */ 5121 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting { 5122 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC, 5123 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED, 5124 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED, 5125 }; 5126 5127 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration. 5128 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values 5129 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported 5130 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic 5131 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE). 5132 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but 5133 * per peer instead. 5134 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribue, if set indicates 5135 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer 5136 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations 5137 * should be left untouched. 5138 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7) 5139 * Its type is u16. 5140 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID. 5141 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config. 5142 * Its type is u8. 5143 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame 5144 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5145 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and 5146 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5147 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5148 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame 5149 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in 5150 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and 5151 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on 5152 * output in wiphy capabilities. 5153 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 5154 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5155 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5156 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs 5157 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using 5158 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5159 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 5160 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. 5161 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config. 5162 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful 5163 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used 5164 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using 5165 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting. 5166 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied 5167 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES. 5168 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected 5169 * station. 5170 */ 5171 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr { 5172 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 5173 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD, 5174 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP, 5175 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP, 5176 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE, 5177 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, 5178 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK, 5179 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT, 5180 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG, 5181 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL, 5182 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL, 5183 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL, 5184 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE, 5185 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE, 5186 5187 /* keep last */ 5188 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 5189 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 5190 }; 5191 5192 /** 5193 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute 5194 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5195 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has 5196 * a zero bit are ignored 5197 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have 5198 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds 5199 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are 5200 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern 5201 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask. 5202 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where 5203 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of 5204 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01". 5205 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not 5206 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked 5207 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched. 5208 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after 5209 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5210 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes 5211 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number 5212 */ 5213 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr { 5214 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID, 5215 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK, 5216 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN, 5217 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET, 5218 5219 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT, 5220 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1, 5221 }; 5222 5223 /** 5224 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information 5225 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported 5226 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern 5227 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern 5228 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 5229 * 5230 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when 5231 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in 5232 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of 5233 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given 5234 * by the kernel to userspace. 5235 */ 5236 struct nl80211_pattern_support { 5237 __u32 max_patterns; 5238 __u32 min_pattern_len; 5239 __u32 max_pattern_len; 5240 __u32 max_pkt_offset; 5241 } __attribute__((packed)); 5242 5243 /* only for backward compatibility */ 5244 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID 5245 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5246 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN 5247 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET 5248 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT 5249 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT 5250 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support 5251 5252 /** 5253 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions 5254 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5255 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put 5256 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have 5257 * support for low-power operation already (flag) 5258 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if 5259 * any others are even supported by the device. 5260 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect 5261 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag) 5262 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed 5263 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag) 5264 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns 5265 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute 5266 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern. 5267 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with 5268 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is 5269 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the 5270 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU. 5271 * 5272 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute 5273 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support. 5274 * 5275 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based 5276 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed 5277 * to the kernel when configuring. 5278 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be 5279 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported 5280 * by the device (flag) 5281 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if 5282 * done by the device) (flag) 5283 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request 5284 * packet (flag) 5285 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag) 5286 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released 5287 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag) 5288 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains 5289 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame 5290 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN 5291 * attribute contains the original length. 5292 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11 5293 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211 5294 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5295 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the 5296 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may 5297 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute 5298 * contains the original length. 5299 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3 5300 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023 5301 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere. 5302 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section 5303 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute 5304 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive 5305 * the TCP connection. 5306 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the 5307 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection 5308 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the 5309 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established 5310 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only, 5311 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the 5312 * service 5313 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network 5314 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the 5315 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It 5316 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the 5317 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan 5318 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This 5319 * attribute is also sent in a response to 5320 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets 5321 * supported by the driver (u32). 5322 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute 5323 * containing an array with information about what triggered the 5324 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means 5325 * that the information is not available. If more than one 5326 * element is present, it means that more than one match 5327 * occurred. 5328 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains 5329 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional 5330 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of 5331 * these attributes must be present. If 5332 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one 5333 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one 5334 * channel. 5335 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers 5336 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number 5337 * 5338 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and 5339 * to report the wakeup reason(s). 5340 */ 5341 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers { 5342 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID, 5343 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY, 5344 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT, 5345 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT, 5346 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN, 5347 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED, 5348 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE, 5349 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST, 5350 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE, 5351 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE, 5352 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211, 5353 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN, 5354 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023, 5355 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN, 5356 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION, 5357 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH, 5358 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST, 5359 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS, 5360 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT, 5361 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS, 5362 5363 /* keep last */ 5364 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG, 5365 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1 5366 }; 5367 5368 /** 5369 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup 5370 * 5371 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a 5372 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If 5373 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given 5374 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data 5375 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK. 5376 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence 5377 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also 5378 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive 5379 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc. 5380 * 5381 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the 5382 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern 5383 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the 5384 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is 5385 * also woken up. 5386 * 5387 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP 5388 * response packets might not go through correctly. 5389 */ 5390 5391 /** 5392 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence 5393 * @start: starting value 5394 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet 5395 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4 5396 * 5397 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the 5398 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet 5399 * in little endian. 5400 */ 5401 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq { 5402 __u32 start, offset, len; 5403 }; 5404 5405 /** 5406 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config 5407 * @offset: offset of token in packet 5408 * @len: length of each token 5409 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must 5410 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense 5411 */ 5412 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token { 5413 __u32 offset, len; 5414 __u8 token_stream[]; 5415 }; 5416 5417 /** 5418 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features 5419 * @min_len: minimum token length 5420 * @max_len: maximum token length 5421 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream) 5422 */ 5423 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature { 5424 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize; 5425 }; 5426 5427 /** 5428 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters 5429 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5430 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order) 5431 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address 5432 * (in network byte order) 5433 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because 5434 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend, 5435 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it 5436 * might require ARP querying. 5437 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a 5438 * socket and port will be allocated 5439 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16) 5440 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte. 5441 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5442 * of the data payload. 5443 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration 5444 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature 5445 * advertising it is just a flag 5446 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration, 5447 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see 5448 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature. 5449 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum 5450 * interval in feature advertising (u32) 5451 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a 5452 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length 5453 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for 5454 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK 5455 * but on the TCP payload only. 5456 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes 5457 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number 5458 */ 5459 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs { 5460 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID, 5461 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4, 5462 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4, 5463 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC, 5464 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT, 5465 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT, 5466 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD, 5467 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ, 5468 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN, 5469 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL, 5470 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD, 5471 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK, 5472 5473 /* keep last */ 5474 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP, 5475 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1 5476 }; 5477 5478 /** 5479 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information 5480 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported 5481 * @pat: packet pattern support information 5482 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 5483 * 5484 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the 5485 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace. 5486 */ 5487 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support { 5488 __u32 max_rules; 5489 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat; 5490 __u32 max_delay; 5491 } __attribute__((packed)); 5492 5493 /** 5494 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute 5495 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5496 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing 5497 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence, 5498 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 5499 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched 5500 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet 5501 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes 5502 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number 5503 */ 5504 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule { 5505 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID, 5506 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY, 5507 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION, 5508 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN, 5509 5510 /* keep last */ 5511 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE, 5512 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1 5513 }; 5514 5515 /** 5516 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions 5517 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns 5518 * in a rule are matched. 5519 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns 5520 * in a rule are not matched. 5521 */ 5522 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition { 5523 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH, 5524 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH 5525 }; 5526 5527 /** 5528 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes 5529 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5530 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that 5531 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32) 5532 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a 5533 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set 5534 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes 5535 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number 5536 */ 5537 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs { 5538 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC, 5539 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX, 5540 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES, 5541 5542 /* keep last */ 5543 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT, 5544 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1 5545 }; 5546 5547 /** 5548 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes 5549 * 5550 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved) 5551 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits 5552 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs. 5553 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of 5554 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't 5555 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed 5556 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE. 5557 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that 5558 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for 5559 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt 5560 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval. 5561 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many 5562 * different channels may be used within this group. 5563 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5564 * of supported channel widths for radar detection. 5565 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap 5566 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection. 5567 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of 5568 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations 5569 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical). 5570 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes 5571 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number 5572 * 5573 * Examples: 5574 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2 5575 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs 5576 * 5577 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8, 5578 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd 5579 * 5580 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2 5581 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels 5582 * 5583 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4 5584 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces 5585 * 5586 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained 5587 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate 5588 * that any of these groups must match. 5589 * 5590 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here, 5591 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always 5592 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid 5593 * interface type, the following group always exists: 5594 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1 5595 */ 5596 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs { 5597 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC, 5598 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS, 5599 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM, 5600 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH, 5601 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS, 5602 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS, 5603 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS, 5604 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD, 5605 5606 /* keep last */ 5607 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB, 5608 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1 5609 }; 5610 5611 5612 /** 5613 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine 5614 * 5615 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit 5616 * state of non existent mesh peer links 5617 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to 5618 * this mesh peer 5619 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received 5620 * from this mesh peer 5621 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been 5622 * received from this mesh peer 5623 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established 5624 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled 5625 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh 5626 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames 5627 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states 5628 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states 5629 */ 5630 enum nl80211_plink_state { 5631 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN, 5632 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT, 5633 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD, 5634 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD, 5635 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB, 5636 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING, 5637 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED, 5638 5639 /* keep last */ 5640 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES, 5641 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1 5642 }; 5643 5644 /** 5645 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers 5646 * 5647 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action 5648 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment 5649 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer 5650 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions 5651 */ 5652 enum plink_actions { 5653 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION, 5654 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN, 5655 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK, 5656 5657 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS, 5658 }; 5659 5660 5661 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16 5662 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16 5663 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24 5664 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32 5665 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8 5666 5667 /** 5668 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload 5669 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5670 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary) 5671 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary) 5672 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary) 5673 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type) 5674 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal) 5675 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal) 5676 */ 5677 enum nl80211_rekey_data { 5678 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID, 5679 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK, 5680 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK, 5681 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR, 5682 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM, 5683 5684 /* keep last */ 5685 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA, 5686 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1 5687 }; 5688 5689 /** 5690 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID 5691 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in 5692 * Beacon frames) 5693 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element 5694 * in Beacon frames 5695 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID 5696 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID 5697 */ 5698 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid { 5699 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE, 5700 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN, 5701 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS 5702 }; 5703 5704 /** 5705 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes 5706 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute 5707 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format 5708 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field. 5709 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same 5710 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down). 5711 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal 5712 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute 5713 */ 5714 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr { 5715 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID, 5716 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES, 5717 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP, 5718 5719 /* keep last */ 5720 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST, 5721 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1 5722 }; 5723 5724 /** 5725 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates 5726 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes 5727 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher 5728 * priority) 5729 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets) 5730 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag) 5731 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes 5732 * (internal) 5733 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute 5734 * (internal) 5735 */ 5736 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr { 5737 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID, 5738 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX, 5739 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID, 5740 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH, 5741 5742 /* keep last */ 5743 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE, 5744 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1 5745 }; 5746 5747 /** 5748 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION 5749 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request 5750 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link 5751 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established 5752 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link 5753 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link 5754 */ 5755 enum nl80211_tdls_operation { 5756 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ, 5757 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP, 5758 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN, 5759 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK, 5760 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK, 5761 }; 5762 5763 /** 5764 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features 5765 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver 5766 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during 5767 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT. 5768 */ 5769 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features { 5770 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0, 5771 }; 5772 5773 /** 5774 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features 5775 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back 5776 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the 5777 * socket option. 5778 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates. 5779 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up 5780 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode. 5781 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested 5782 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from 5783 * cellular base stations. 5784 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only 5785 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility) 5786 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of 5787 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station 5788 * mode 5789 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan 5790 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported 5791 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif 5792 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting 5793 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform 5794 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only 5795 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied. 5796 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window 5797 * setting 5798 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic 5799 * powersave 5800 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state 5801 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver 5802 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding 5803 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated 5804 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag 5805 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply 5806 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized 5807 * states using station flags. 5808 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add 5809 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated 5810 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask. 5811 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits 5812 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set 5813 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh 5814 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for 5815 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is 5816 * still generated by the driver. 5817 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor 5818 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor 5819 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming 5820 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed. 5821 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic 5822 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the 5823 * lifetime of a BSS. 5824 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter 5825 * Set IE to probe requests. 5826 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE 5827 * to probe requests. 5828 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period 5829 * requests sent to it by an AP. 5830 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the 5831 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum 5832 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link 5833 * Measurement Report action frame. 5834 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout 5835 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used 5836 * to enable dynack. 5837 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial 5838 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5839 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains. 5840 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial 5841 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain 5842 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example, 5843 * rts/cts handshake. 5844 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM 5845 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS 5846 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it 5847 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things. 5848 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring 5849 * the vif's MAC address upon creation. 5850 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h). 5851 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when 5852 * operating as a TDLS peer. 5853 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5854 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the 5855 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC 5856 * address mask/value will be used. 5857 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports 5858 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled 5859 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5860 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5861 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a 5862 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e. 5863 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may 5864 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used. 5865 */ 5866 enum nl80211_feature_flags { 5867 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0, 5868 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1, 5869 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2, 5870 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3, 5871 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4, 5872 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5, 5873 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6, 5874 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7, 5875 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8, 5876 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9, 5877 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10, 5878 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11, 5879 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12, 5880 /* bit 13 is reserved */ 5881 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14, 5882 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15, 5883 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16, 5884 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17, 5885 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18, 5886 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19, 5887 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20, 5888 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21, 5889 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22, 5890 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23, 5891 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24, 5892 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25, 5893 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26, 5894 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27, 5895 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28, 5896 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29, 5897 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30, 5898 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31, 5899 }; 5900 5901 /** 5902 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features. 5903 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates. 5904 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can 5905 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with 5906 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set 5907 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if 5908 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized. 5909 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air 5910 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from 5911 * certain groups which can be configured by the 5912 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute, 5913 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the 5914 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute. 5915 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual 5916 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of 5917 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5918 * (if available). 5919 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the 5920 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the 5921 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to 5922 * (if available). 5923 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of 5924 * channel dwell time. 5925 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate 5926 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate. 5927 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate 5928 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates. 5929 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate 5930 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates. 5931 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup 5932 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode. 5933 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA 5934 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated. 5935 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports 5936 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated. 5937 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan 5938 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS 5939 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI). 5940 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the 5941 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more 5942 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold. 5943 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key 5944 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. 5945 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 5946 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect 5947 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported. 5948 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way 5949 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host 5950 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not 5951 * be supported. 5952 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding 5953 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the 5954 * actual dwell time. 5955 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe 5956 * response 5957 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending 5958 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps. 5959 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports 5960 * probe request tx deferral and suppression 5961 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL 5962 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP. 5963 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan. 5964 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan. 5965 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan. 5966 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions. 5967 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself, 5968 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event, 5969 * channel change triggered by radar detection event. 5970 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to 5971 * "radar detected" event. 5972 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and 5973 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice. 5974 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports 5975 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting. 5976 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate 5977 * TXQs. 5978 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the 5979 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN. 5980 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data 5981 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested 5982 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag. 5983 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine 5984 * timing measurement responder role. 5985 * 5986 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are 5987 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys 5988 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or 5989 * freeze the connection. 5990 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for 5991 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016. 5992 * 5993 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime 5994 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness 5995 * scheduling. 5996 * 5997 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching 5998 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode. 5999 * 6000 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Driver supports 6001 * filtering of sched scan results using band specific RSSI thresholds. 6002 * 6003 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power 6004 * to a station. 6005 * 6006 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in 6007 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command). 6008 * 6009 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev 6010 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using 6011 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case. 6012 * 6013 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL) 6014 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission 6015 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware. 6016 * 6017 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection 6018 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7. 6019 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon 6020 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons. 6021 * 6022 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the 6023 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then 6024 * handled as ordinary data frames. 6025 * 6026 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames 6027 * 6028 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations 6029 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state. 6030 * 6031 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations 6032 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly. 6033 * 6034 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and 6035 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to 6036 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be 6037 * included in the scan request. 6038 * 6039 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver 6040 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations. 6041 * 6042 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating 6043 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes. 6044 * 6045 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way 6046 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP 6047 * command). 6048 * 6049 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication 6050 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command). 6051 * 6052 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery 6053 * frames transmission 6054 * 6055 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports 6056 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission 6057 * 6058 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate 6059 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates. 6060 * 6061 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement 6062 * exchange protocol. 6063 * 6064 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement 6065 * exchange protocol. 6066 * 6067 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management 6068 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the 6069 * negotiation and range measurement procedure. 6070 * 6071 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision 6072 * detection and change announcemnts. 6073 * 6074 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports 6075 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response 6076 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using 6077 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD. 6078 * 6079 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC 6080 * detection. 6081 * 6082 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features. 6083 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index. 6084 */ 6085 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index { 6086 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS, 6087 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM, 6088 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER, 6089 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME, 6090 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF, 6091 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL, 6092 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY, 6093 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT, 6094 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT, 6095 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA, 6096 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA, 6097 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED, 6098 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI, 6099 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST, 6100 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD, 6101 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK, 6102 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X, 6103 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME, 6104 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6105 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE, 6106 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION, 6107 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL, 6108 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN, 6109 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN, 6110 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN, 6111 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD, 6112 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, 6113 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6114 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */ 6115 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT, 6116 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS, 6117 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN, 6118 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT, 6119 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0, 6120 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER, 6121 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS, 6122 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING, 6123 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, 6124 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID, 6125 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR, 6126 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD, 6127 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD, 6128 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL, 6129 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION, 6130 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, 6131 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT, 6132 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA, 6133 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS, 6134 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT, 6135 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, 6136 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS, 6137 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION, 6138 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK, 6139 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP, 6140 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY, 6141 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP, 6142 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE, 6143 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF, 6144 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT, 6145 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE, 6146 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR, 6147 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD, 6148 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND, 6149 6150 /* add new features before the definition below */ 6151 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 6152 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1 6153 }; 6154 6155 /** 6156 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported 6157 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW. 6158 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute. 6159 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported 6160 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a 6161 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded 6162 * to the host. 6163 * 6164 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1 6165 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2 6166 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P 6167 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u 6168 */ 6169 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr { 6170 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0, 6171 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1, 6172 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2, 6173 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3, 6174 }; 6175 6176 /** 6177 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons 6178 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be 6179 * handled by the AP is reached. 6180 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL. 6181 */ 6182 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason { 6183 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS, 6184 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT, 6185 }; 6186 6187 /** 6188 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons 6189 * 6190 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified. 6191 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out. 6192 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out. 6193 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out. 6194 */ 6195 enum nl80211_timeout_reason { 6196 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED, 6197 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN, 6198 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH, 6199 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC, 6200 }; 6201 6202 /** 6203 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags 6204 * 6205 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling 6206 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN 6207 * requests. 6208 * 6209 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and 6210 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only 6211 * one of them can be used in the request. 6212 * 6213 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority 6214 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning 6215 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured 6216 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is 6217 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames 6218 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only 6219 * when really needed 6220 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or 6221 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the 6222 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and 6223 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only 6224 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder 6225 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits, 6226 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed. 6227 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check 6228 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device. 6229 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS 6230 * request parameters IE in the probe request 6231 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses 6232 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at 6233 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is discovered in the channel, 6234 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate. 6235 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request 6236 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms) 6237 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame, 6238 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers 6239 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of 6240 * SSID and/or RSSI. 6241 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to 6242 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the 6243 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver 6244 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get 6245 * impacted with this flag. 6246 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume 6247 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to 6248 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag. 6249 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan 6250 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum 6251 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best 6252 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning. 6253 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag. 6254 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe 6255 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being 6256 * possible. 6257 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to 6258 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless 6259 * added by userspace explicitly.) 6260 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with 6261 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means 6262 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included. 6263 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for colocated APs reported by 6264 * 2.4/5 GHz APs 6265 */ 6266 enum nl80211_scan_flags { 6267 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0, 6268 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1, 6269 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2, 6270 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3, 6271 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4, 6272 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5, 6273 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6, 6274 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7, 6275 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8, 6276 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9, 6277 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10, 6278 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11, 6279 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12, 6280 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13, 6281 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14, 6282 }; 6283 6284 /** 6285 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy 6286 * 6287 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by 6288 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to 6289 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. 6290 * 6291 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are 6292 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed 6293 * in ACL to authenticate. 6294 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed 6295 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL. 6296 */ 6297 enum nl80211_acl_policy { 6298 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED, 6299 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED, 6300 }; 6301 6302 /** 6303 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode 6304 * 6305 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode) 6306 * 6307 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas). 6308 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna) 6309 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and 6310 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS). 6311 */ 6312 enum nl80211_smps_mode { 6313 NL80211_SMPS_OFF, 6314 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC, 6315 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC, 6316 6317 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST, 6318 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6319 }; 6320 6321 /** 6322 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation 6323 * 6324 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace 6325 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC) 6326 * 6327 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is 6328 * now unusable. 6329 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished, 6330 * the channel is now available. 6331 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no 6332 * change to the channel status. 6333 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is 6334 * over, channel becomes usable. 6335 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this 6336 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must 6337 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not 6338 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever. 6339 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started, 6340 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled. 6341 */ 6342 enum nl80211_radar_event { 6343 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED, 6344 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED, 6345 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED, 6346 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED, 6347 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED, 6348 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED, 6349 }; 6350 6351 /** 6352 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels 6353 * 6354 * Channel states used by the DFS code. 6355 * 6356 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability 6357 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS. 6358 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it 6359 * is therefore marked as not available. 6360 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available. 6361 */ 6362 enum nl80211_dfs_state { 6363 NL80211_DFS_USABLE, 6364 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE, 6365 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE, 6366 }; 6367 6368 /** 6369 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features 6370 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting 6371 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute 6372 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the 6373 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or 6374 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV. 6375 */ 6376 enum nl80211_protocol_features { 6377 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0, 6378 }; 6379 6380 /** 6381 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers 6382 * 6383 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified. 6384 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol. 6385 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol. 6386 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol. 6387 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last. 6388 */ 6389 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id { 6390 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC, 6391 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP, 6392 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL, 6393 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA, 6394 /* add other protocols before this one */ 6395 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO 6396 }; 6397 6398 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */ 6399 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */ 6400 6401 /** 6402 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame. 6403 * 6404 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt() 6405 * 6406 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver. 6407 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload 6408 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that 6409 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace 6410 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE). 6411 */ 6412 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags { 6413 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0, 6414 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1, 6415 }; 6416 6417 /* 6418 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set 6419 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated 6420 * yet, so that's not valid so far) 6421 */ 6422 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000 6423 6424 /** 6425 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data 6426 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the 6427 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID 6428 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be 6429 * added to this file when needed. 6430 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command 6431 */ 6432 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info { 6433 __u32 vendor_id; 6434 __u32 subcmd; 6435 }; 6436 6437 /** 6438 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags. 6439 * 6440 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need 6441 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames. 6442 * 6443 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable. 6444 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable. 6445 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable. 6446 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable. 6447 */ 6448 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability { 6449 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0, 6450 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1, 6451 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2, 6452 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3, 6453 }; 6454 6455 /** 6456 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan 6457 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6458 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In 6459 * seconds (u32). 6460 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this 6461 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute 6462 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will 6463 * make the scan plan meaningless. 6464 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number 6465 * currently defined 6466 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use 6467 */ 6468 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan { 6469 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID, 6470 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL, 6471 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS, 6472 6473 /* keep last */ 6474 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST, 6475 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX = 6476 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1 6477 }; 6478 6479 /** 6480 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters. 6481 * 6482 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value 6483 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band. 6484 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB. 6485 */ 6486 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust { 6487 __u8 band; 6488 __s8 delta; 6489 } __attribute__((packed)); 6490 6491 /** 6492 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection. 6493 * 6494 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved. 6495 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection 6496 * is requested. 6497 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS 6498 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred. 6499 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver 6500 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of 6501 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32). 6502 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for 6503 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing 6504 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure 6505 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust. 6506 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number. 6507 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use. 6508 * 6509 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT 6510 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour 6511 * which the driver shall use. 6512 */ 6513 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr { 6514 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID, 6515 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI, 6516 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF, 6517 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST, 6518 6519 /* keep last */ 6520 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST, 6521 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1 6522 }; 6523 6524 /** 6525 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type 6526 * 6527 * Defines the function type of a NAN function 6528 * 6529 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish 6530 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe 6531 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up 6532 */ 6533 enum nl80211_nan_function_type { 6534 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, 6535 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE, 6536 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, 6537 6538 /* keep last */ 6539 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST, 6540 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1, 6541 }; 6542 6543 /** 6544 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type 6545 * 6546 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames 6547 * 6548 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited 6549 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited 6550 */ 6551 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type { 6552 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0, 6553 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1, 6554 }; 6555 6556 /** 6557 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason 6558 * 6559 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function 6560 * 6561 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user 6562 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout 6563 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored 6564 */ 6565 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason { 6566 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST, 6567 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED, 6568 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR, 6569 }; 6570 6571 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6 6572 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff 6573 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff 6574 6575 /** 6576 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes 6577 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid 6578 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8). 6579 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as 6580 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute. 6581 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is 6582 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery 6583 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8. 6584 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited 6585 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to 6586 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag. 6587 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is 6588 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag. 6589 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up. 6590 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8. 6591 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type 6592 * is follow up. This is a u8. 6593 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. 6594 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the 6595 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute. 6596 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a 6597 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device. 6598 * This is a flag. 6599 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should 6600 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32. 6601 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service 6602 * specific info. This is a binary attribute. 6603 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute. 6604 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes. 6605 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested 6606 * attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6607 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a 6608 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values. 6609 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function. 6610 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0. 6611 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason. 6612 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason. 6613 * 6614 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal 6615 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute 6616 */ 6617 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes { 6618 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID, 6619 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE, 6620 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID, 6621 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE, 6622 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST, 6623 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE, 6624 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID, 6625 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID, 6626 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST, 6627 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE, 6628 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL, 6629 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO, 6630 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF, 6631 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER, 6632 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER, 6633 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID, 6634 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON, 6635 6636 /* keep last */ 6637 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR, 6638 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1 6639 }; 6640 6641 /** 6642 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes 6643 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid 6644 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set. 6645 * This is a flag. 6646 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if 6647 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary. 6648 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if 6649 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8. 6650 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if 6651 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested 6652 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address. 6653 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal 6654 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute 6655 */ 6656 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes { 6657 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID, 6658 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE, 6659 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF, 6660 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX, 6661 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS, 6662 6663 /* keep last */ 6664 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR, 6665 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1, 6666 }; 6667 6668 /** 6669 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes 6670 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid 6671 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the 6672 * match. This is a nested attribute. 6673 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6674 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function 6675 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute. 6676 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes. 6677 * 6678 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal 6679 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute 6680 */ 6681 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes { 6682 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID, 6683 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL, 6684 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER, 6685 6686 /* keep last */ 6687 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR, 6688 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1 6689 }; 6690 6691 /** 6692 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external 6693 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION. 6694 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication. 6695 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication. 6696 */ 6697 enum nl80211_external_auth_action { 6698 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START, 6699 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT, 6700 }; 6701 6702 /** 6703 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement 6704 * responder attributes 6705 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 6706 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled 6707 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element 6708 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10), 6709 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6710 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVIC: The content of Measurement Report Element 6711 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13), 6712 * i.e. starting with the measurement token 6713 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 6714 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute. 6715 */ 6716 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes { 6717 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6718 6719 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED, 6720 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 6721 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 6722 6723 /* keep last */ 6724 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 6725 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1, 6726 }; 6727 6728 /* 6729 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 6730 * 6731 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS 6732 * when getting FTM responder statistics. 6733 * 6734 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved 6735 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames 6736 * were ssfully answered (u32) 6737 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the 6738 * frames were successfully answered (u32) 6739 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32) 6740 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32) 6741 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32) 6742 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an 6743 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec) 6744 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers - 6745 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation 6746 * phase with the responder (u32) 6747 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests 6748 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled 6749 * FTM slot (u32) 6750 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of 6751 * scheduled window (u32) 6752 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore 6753 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal 6754 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute 6755 */ 6756 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats { 6757 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID, 6758 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM, 6759 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM, 6760 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM, 6761 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM, 6762 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM, 6763 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC, 6764 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6765 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM, 6766 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM, 6767 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD, 6768 6769 /* keep last */ 6770 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST, 6771 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1 6772 }; 6773 6774 /** 6775 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types 6776 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble 6777 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble 6778 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble 6779 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble 6780 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble 6781 */ 6782 enum nl80211_preamble { 6783 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY, 6784 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT, 6785 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT, 6786 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG, 6787 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE, 6788 }; 6789 6790 /** 6791 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types 6792 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use 6793 * these numbers also for attributes 6794 * 6795 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement 6796 * 6797 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal 6798 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number 6799 */ 6800 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type { 6801 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID, 6802 6803 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM, 6804 6805 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES, 6806 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1 6807 }; 6808 6809 /** 6810 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status 6811 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully 6812 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused 6813 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out 6814 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent 6815 * reason may be available in the response data 6816 */ 6817 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status { 6818 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS, 6819 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED, 6820 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT, 6821 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE, 6822 }; 6823 6824 /** 6825 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes 6826 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6827 * 6828 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6829 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the 6830 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req. 6831 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported 6832 * (flag attribute) 6833 * 6834 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal 6835 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6836 */ 6837 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req { 6838 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 6839 6840 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA, 6841 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF, 6842 6843 /* keep last */ 6844 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS, 6845 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1 6846 }; 6847 6848 /** 6849 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes 6850 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6851 * 6852 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement 6853 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums 6854 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp. 6855 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status 6856 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.) 6857 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the 6858 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to 6859 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds) 6860 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface 6861 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured. 6862 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested 6863 * (u64, usec) 6864 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially 6865 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but 6866 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single 6867 * result. 6868 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore 6869 * 6870 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal 6871 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6872 */ 6873 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp { 6874 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 6875 6876 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA, 6877 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS, 6878 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME, 6879 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF, 6880 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL, 6881 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 6882 6883 /* keep last */ 6884 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS, 6885 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1 6886 }; 6887 6888 /** 6889 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement 6890 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6891 * 6892 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address 6893 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level 6894 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc. 6895 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6896 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6897 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside. 6898 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by 6899 * measurement type, with attributes from the 6900 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside. 6901 * 6902 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal 6903 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6904 */ 6905 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs { 6906 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID, 6907 6908 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR, 6909 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN, 6910 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ, 6911 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP, 6912 6913 /* keep last */ 6914 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS, 6915 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1, 6916 }; 6917 6918 /** 6919 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes 6920 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6921 * 6922 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability 6923 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers 6924 * measurements can be done with in a single request 6925 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability 6926 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in 6927 * measurement results 6928 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability 6929 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported. 6930 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device, 6931 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and 6932 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums 6933 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa. 6934 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is 6935 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the 6936 * sub-attributes taken from 6937 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs. 6938 * 6939 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal 6940 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6941 */ 6942 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs { 6943 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID, 6944 6945 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS, 6946 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF, 6947 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR, 6948 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA, 6949 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS, 6950 6951 /* keep last */ 6952 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR, 6953 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1 6954 }; 6955 6956 /** 6957 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities 6958 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 6959 * 6960 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode 6961 * is supported 6962 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP 6963 * mode is supported 6964 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI 6965 * data can be requested during the measurement 6966 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic 6967 * location data can be requested during the measurement 6968 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits 6969 * from &enum nl80211_preamble. 6970 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from 6971 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel 6972 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be 6973 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different 6974 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement. 6975 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating 6976 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything 6977 * is valid) 6978 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating 6979 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid) 6980 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if 6981 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6982 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating 6983 * if non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 6984 * 6985 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal 6986 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 6987 */ 6988 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa { 6989 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID, 6990 6991 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP, 6992 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP, 6993 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI, 6994 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC, 6995 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES, 6996 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS, 6997 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT, 6998 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST, 6999 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7000 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7001 7002 /* keep last */ 7003 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR, 7004 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1 7005 }; 7006 7007 /** 7008 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes 7009 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7010 * 7011 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag) 7012 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see 7013 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32) 7014 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in 7015 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element" 7016 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7017 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units 7018 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0) 7019 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016 7020 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with 7021 * default 15 i.e. "no preference") 7022 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames 7023 * requested per burst 7024 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference") 7025 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries 7026 * (u8, default 3) 7027 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag) 7028 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data 7029 * (flag) 7030 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging 7031 * measurement (flag). 7032 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are 7033 * mutually exclusive. 7034 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7035 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7036 * ranging will be used. 7037 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non trigger based 7038 * ranging measurement (flag) 7039 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are 7040 * mutually exclusive. 7041 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor 7042 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based 7043 * ranging will be used. 7044 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only 7045 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or 7046 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7047 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the 7048 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED 7049 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set. 7050 * 7051 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal 7052 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7053 */ 7054 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req { 7055 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID, 7056 7057 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP, 7058 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE, 7059 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7060 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD, 7061 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7062 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7063 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES, 7064 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI, 7065 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC, 7066 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED, 7067 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED, 7068 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK, 7069 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR, 7070 7071 /* keep last */ 7072 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR, 7073 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1 7074 }; 7075 7076 /** 7077 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons 7078 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used 7079 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder 7080 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement 7081 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is 7082 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd 7083 * try and get no response) 7084 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM 7085 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps 7086 * received 7087 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry 7088 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME) 7089 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed 7090 * by the peer and are no longer supported 7091 */ 7092 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons { 7093 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED, 7094 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE, 7095 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED, 7096 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL, 7097 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE, 7098 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP, 7099 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 7100 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS, 7101 }; 7102 7103 /** 7104 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes 7105 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid 7106 * 7107 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason 7108 * (u32, optional) 7109 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported 7110 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and 7111 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32) 7112 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames 7113 * transmitted (u32, optional) 7114 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames 7115 * that were acknowleged (u32, optional) 7116 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the 7117 * busy peer (u32, seconds) 7118 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent 7119 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7120 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by 7121 * the responder (similar to request, u8) 7122 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used 7123 * by the responder (similar to request, u8) 7124 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action 7125 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7126 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action 7127 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm) 7128 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the 7129 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info 7130 * attributes) 7131 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM 7132 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs) 7133 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional 7134 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7135 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that 7136 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7137 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds, 7138 * optional) 7139 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional 7140 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present) 7141 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note 7142 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional) 7143 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional) 7144 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional); 7145 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7146 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7147 * Type 8. 7148 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer 7149 * (binary, optional); 7150 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016 7151 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement 7152 * Type 11. 7153 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only 7154 * 7155 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal 7156 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number 7157 */ 7158 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp { 7159 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7160 7161 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON, 7162 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX, 7163 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS, 7164 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES, 7165 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME, 7166 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP, 7167 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION, 7168 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST, 7169 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG, 7170 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD, 7171 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE, 7172 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE, 7173 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG, 7174 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE, 7175 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD, 7176 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG, 7177 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE, 7178 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD, 7179 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI, 7180 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC, 7181 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD, 7182 7183 /* keep last */ 7184 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR, 7185 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1 7186 }; 7187 7188 /** 7189 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes 7190 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7191 * 7192 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset. 7193 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset. 7194 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum 7195 * tx power offset. 7196 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color 7197 * values used by members of the SRG. 7198 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial 7199 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG. 7200 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element. 7201 * 7202 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7203 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute. 7204 */ 7205 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes { 7206 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID, 7207 7208 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET, 7209 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET, 7210 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET, 7211 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP, 7212 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP, 7213 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL, 7214 7215 /* keep last */ 7216 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST, 7217 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7218 }; 7219 7220 /** 7221 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes 7222 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7223 * 7224 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color. 7225 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled. 7226 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used.. 7227 * 7228 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7229 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute. 7230 */ 7231 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes { 7232 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID, 7233 7234 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR, 7235 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED, 7236 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL, 7237 7238 /* keep last */ 7239 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST, 7240 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7241 }; 7242 7243 /** 7244 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes 7245 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7246 * 7247 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag 7248 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in 7249 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES 7250 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported 7251 * AKM suites for the specified interface types. 7252 * 7253 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7254 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute. 7255 */ 7256 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes { 7257 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID, 7258 7259 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES, 7260 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES, 7261 7262 /* keep last */ 7263 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST, 7264 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7265 }; 7266 7267 /** 7268 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration 7269 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 7270 * 7271 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7272 * 7273 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU). 7274 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7275 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7276 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit) 7277 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action 7278 * frame including the headers. 7279 * 7280 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7281 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7282 */ 7283 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes { 7284 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID, 7285 7286 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN, 7287 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX, 7288 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL, 7289 7290 /* keep last */ 7291 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST, 7292 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1 7293 }; 7294 7295 /* 7296 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and 7297 * mandatory fields. 7298 */ 7299 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42 7300 7301 /** 7302 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe 7303 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz. 7304 * 7305 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7306 * 7307 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU). 7308 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 7309 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). 7310 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response 7311 * frame template (binary). 7312 * 7313 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7314 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7315 */ 7316 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes { 7317 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID, 7318 7319 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT, 7320 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL, 7321 7322 /* keep last */ 7323 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST, 7324 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX = 7325 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1 7326 }; 7327 7328 /** 7329 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE 7330 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is 7331 * used. 7332 * 7333 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that 7334 * attribute is not present from userspace. 7335 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only 7336 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only 7337 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element 7338 * can be used. 7339 */ 7340 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism { 7341 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED, 7342 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK, 7343 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT, 7344 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH, 7345 }; 7346 7347 /** 7348 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs 7349 * 7350 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit 7351 * 7352 */ 7353 enum nl80211_sar_type { 7354 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER, 7355 7356 /* add new type here */ 7357 7358 /* Keep last */ 7359 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE, 7360 }; 7361 7362 /** 7363 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec 7364 * 7365 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type. 7366 * 7367 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power 7368 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set 7369 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs. 7370 * 7371 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER 7372 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX. 7373 * 7374 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of 7375 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ 7376 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ. 7377 * 7378 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7379 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute 7380 * 7381 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC 7382 */ 7383 enum nl80211_sar_attrs { 7384 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID, 7385 7386 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE, 7387 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS, 7388 7389 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST, 7390 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7391 }; 7392 7393 /** 7394 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs 7395 * 7396 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual 7397 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is 7398 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm). 7399 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range. 7400 * 7401 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the 7402 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation 7403 * is applied to this range. 7404 * 7405 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver, 7406 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't 7407 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the 7408 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any 7409 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power 7410 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range. 7411 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation. 7412 * 7413 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation. 7414 * 7415 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start 7416 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7417 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7418 * 7419 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end 7420 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy. 7421 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz. 7422 * 7423 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal 7424 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute 7425 */ 7426 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs { 7427 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID, 7428 7429 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER, 7430 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX, 7431 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ, 7432 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ, 7433 7434 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST, 7435 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1, 7436 }; 7437 7438 /** 7439 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced 7440 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode. 7441 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for 7442 * MBSSID and EMA. 7443 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the 7444 * features. 7445 * 7446 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid 7447 * 7448 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise 7449 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver. 7450 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting 7451 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2. 7452 * 7453 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel 7454 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver 7455 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace 7456 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to 7457 * a non-zero value. 7458 * 7459 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of 7460 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set. 7461 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for 7462 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible 7463 * for using unique indices for the interfaces. 7464 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1. 7465 * 7466 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for 7467 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of 7468 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface 7469 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up 7470 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match 7471 * the interface index of the same. 7472 * 7473 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature. 7474 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support 7475 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero. 7476 * 7477 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal 7478 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute 7479 */ 7480 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes { 7481 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID, 7482 7483 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES, 7484 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY, 7485 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX, 7486 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX, 7487 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA, 7488 7489 /* keep last */ 7490 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST, 7491 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1, 7492 }; 7493 7494 /** 7495 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 7496 * 7497 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external 7498 * authentication. 7499 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query 7500 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises 7501 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall 7502 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by 7503 * userspace. 7504 */ 7505 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags { 7506 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0, 7507 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1, 7508 }; 7509 7510 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */ 7511
